ELECTRONIC AND MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECS FOR 1995 ARE PUBLISHED.
Rev. Proc. 95-29; 1995-1 C.B. 706
- Institutional AuthorsInternal Revenue Service
- Cross-Reference
Rev. Proc. 94-43, 1994-27 IRB 5
- Code Sections
- Subject Areas/Tax Topics
- Index Termsfiling, electronic
- Jurisdictions
- LanguageEnglish
- Tax Analysts Electronic Citation95 TNT 125-18
Superseded by Rev. Proc. 96-36 Modified and Amplified by Rev. Proc. 95-29A
Rev. Proc. 95-29
NOTE: Use this revenue procedure to prepare Tax Year 1995 information returns for submission to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) using any of the following:
- Magnetic Tape
- Tape Cartridge
- 5 1/4-inch Diskette
- 3 1/2-inch Diskette
- 8-inch Diskette
- Electronic Filing
- (Bisynchronous)
- (Asynchronous)
Please read this publication carefully. Persons or businesses required to file information returns may be subject to penalties for failure to file or failure to include correct information if they do not follow the instructions in this revenue procedure.
* THIS IS THE LAST YEAR (TAX YEAR 1995) 8-INCH FILING SPECIFICATIONS WILL APPEAR IN THIS PUBLICATION. IRS/MCC WILL DISCONTINUE PROCESSING 8-INCH DISKETTES FOR TAX YEAR 1996, CALENDAR YEAR 1997. IF YOU CURRENTLY FILE INFORMATION RETURNS ON 8-INCH DISKETTE, YOU NEED TO CHANGE TO ONE OF THE OPTIONS LISTED BELOW. REFER TO:
PART B, MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS
PART C, BISYNCHRONOUS (MAINFRAME) ELECTRONIC FILING
SPECIFICATIONS
OR
PART D, ASYNCHRONOUS (IRP-BBS) ELECTRONIC FILING
SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART A. GENERAL
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
SECTION 2. NATURE OF CHANGES - CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR
1995)
SECTION 3. WHERE TO FILE AND HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS,
MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER
SECTION 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING
INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA
SECTION 6. VENDOR LIST
SECTION 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING
INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/
ELECTRONICALLY
SECTION 8. TEST FILES
SECTION 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/
ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 10. DUE DATES
SECTION 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME
SECTION 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS
MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY
SECTION 13. CORRECTED RETURNS
SECTION 14. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)
SECTION 15. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS
SECTION 16. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM
SECTION 17. DEFINITION OF TERMS
SECTION 18. STATE ABBREVIATIONS
SECTION 19. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED
PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. GENERAL
SECTION 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 3. TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 4. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
SECTION 6. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL FIELD
DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUTS
SECTION 8. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTION 9. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTION 10. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
PART C. BISYNCHRONOUS (MAINFRAME) ELECTRONIC FILING
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. GENERAL
SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE
SECTION 3. TEST FILES
SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS
SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 6. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 7. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD
SPECIFICATIONS
PART D. ASYNCHRONOUS (IRP-BBS) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. GENERAL
SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE
SECTION 3. TEST FILES
SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS
SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN
BOARD SYSTEM (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 7. IRP-BBS FIRST LOGON PROCEDURES
PART E. SINGLE DENSITY (8-INCH) DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE: THIS IS THE LAST YEAR (TAX YEAR 1995) SINGLE DENSITY 8-INCH
DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS WILL APPEAR IN THE PUBLICATION
1220.
SECTION 1. GENERAL
SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL
SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION
FOR ALL FORMS
SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098,
1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,
1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1
THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,
1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G
SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR
SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098,
1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,
1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1
THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,
1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G
SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A
SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B
SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-C
SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM
1099-OID
SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S
SECTION 13. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G
SECTION 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTION 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTION 16. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD
LAYOUT
PART F. DOUBLE DENSITY (8-INCH) DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE: THIS IS THE LAST YEAR (TAX YEAR 1995) DOUBLE DENSITY (8-
INCH) DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS WILL APPEAR IN THE
PUBLICATION 1220.
SECTION 1. GENERAL
SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL
SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD
LAYOUT
SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION
FOR ALL FORMS
SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR
SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV,
1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR,
1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A,
1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G
SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR
SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV,
1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR,
1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A,
1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G
SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A
SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B
SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C
SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM
1099-OID
SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S
SECTION 13. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND
RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G
SECTION 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTION 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTION 16. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD
LAYOUT
PART G. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
SECTION 1. RECORD FORMAT USED TO REQUEST AN EXTENSION OF TIME,
MAGNETICALLY OR ELECTRONICALLY
PART A. GENERAL
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
.01 The purpose of this revenue procedure is to provide the specifications for filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G electronically or on magnetic media which includes 1/2-inch magnetic tape; IBM 3480/3490 AS400, compatible tape cartridges; or 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-inch diskettes, with IRS. This is the last year (Tax Year 1995) 8-inch diskette filing specifications will appear in the Publication 1220. IRS/MCC will discontinue processing 8-inch diskettes for Tax Year 1996, calendar year 1997.
This revenue procedure must be used for the preparation of Tax Year 1995 information returns and information returns for years prior to 1995 that are required to be filed. This revenue procedure must be used to prepare current and prior year information returns filed between January 1, 1996, and December 31, 1996. Specifications for filing the following forms are contained in this revenue procedure.
(a) Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.
(b) Form 1099-A, Acquisition or Abandonment of
Secured Property.
(c) Form 1099-B, Proceeds From Broker and Barter
Exchange Transactions.
(d) Form 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt.
(e) Form 1099-DIV, Dividends and Distributions.
(f) Form 1099-G, Certain Government Payments.
(g) Form 1099-INT, Interest Income.
(h) Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income.
(i) Form 1099-OID, Original Issue Discount.
(j) Form 1099-PATR, Taxable Distributions Received
from Cooperatives.
(k) Form 1099-R, Distributions From Pensions,
Annuities, Retirement or Profit-Sharing Plans,
IRAs, Insurance Contracts, etc.
(l) Form 1099-S, Proceeds From Real Estate
Transactions.
(m) Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement
Information.
(n) Form W-2G, Certain Gambling Winnings.
.02 Revenue procedures are generally revised annually to reflect legislative and form changes. Comments concerning this revenue procedure, or suggestions for making it more helpful, can be addressed to Internal Revenue Service, Martinsburg Computing Center, P. O. Box 1359, Martinsburg, WV 25401 ATTN: IRB, Information Support Section.
.03 It is unlawful to intentionally transmit a computer virus to the Internal Revenue Service. Violators may be subject to a fine and/or imprisonment.
.04 Specifications for filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media are available from the Social Security Administration (SSA) only. Filers can call 1-800-SSA-1213 to obtain the phone number of the SSA Magnetic Media Coordinator for their area.
.05 The Internal Revenue Service, Martinsburg Computing Center (IRS/MCC) has the responsibility for processing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G filed magnetically or electronically. IRS/MCC does not process Forms W-2. Paper and/or magnetic media for Forms W-2 must be sent to SSA. IRS/MCC does, however, process waiver requests (Form 8508) and extension of time requests (Form 8809) for filing Forms W-2.
.06 In most cases, the box numbers on the paper forms correspond with the amount codes used to file magnetically/ electronically; however, if discrepancies occur, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.
.07 This revenue procedure also provides the requirements and specifications for magnetic media or electronic filing under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.
.08 The following revenue procedures and publications provide more detailed filing procedures for certain other information returns.
(a) 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" provides specific instructions on completing and submitting information returns to IRS. These instructions are included near the end of this publication. They may also be obtained by contacting your local IRS office or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).
(b) Rev. Proc. 84-33, 1984-1 C.B. 502, regarding the optional method for agents to report and deposit backup withholding.
(c) Publication 1179, Rules and Specifications for Private Printing of Substitute Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G (Rev. Proc. 94-35, 1994-19 I.R.B.).
(d) Publication 1239, Specifications for Filing Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, on Magnetic Tape and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch Diskettes.
(e) Publication 1187, Specifications for Filing Form 1042-S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding, Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4-, or 3 1/2-Inch Magnetic Diskettes.
(f) Publication 1245, Specifications for Filing Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate, on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-Inch Magnetic Diskette.
.09 This revenue procedure supersedes Rev. Proc. 94-43 published as Publication 1220, (Rev. 7-94), Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G Magnetically or Electronically.
.10 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17, for definitions of terms used in this publication.
SECTION 2. NATURE OF CHANGES--CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1995)
.01 In this publication, all pertinent changes from the prior year have been highlighted by the use of italics and double underline. This has been done for the convenience of the filers in identifying new information. Filers are still advised to read the publication in its entirety.
.02 PROGRAMMING CHANGES
a. Payer/Transmitter "A" Record changes:
(1) For all forms, Payment Year, field positions 2-3
(pos. 3-4 for 8-inch diskette) must be incremented
by one (From 94 to 95) unless reporting prior year
data.
(2) Form 1099-A, Amount Codes, field positions 23-31
(pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 3,
"Gross foreclosure proceeds" has been deleted.
(3) Form 1099-A, Amount Codes, field positions 23-31
(pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 4
has been changed from "Appraisal value" to "Fair
market value of property". Note 2 under the Form
1099-A Amount Codes gives additional information.
(4) Form 10099-C, Amount Codes, field positions 23-31
(pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 7
has been added for "Fair market value of
property". Note 3 under the Form 1099-C Amount
Codes gives additional information.
(5) Form 1099-PATR, Amount Codes, field positions 23-
31 (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 6
has been changed from "Investment Credit" to "For
filer's use" and Amount Code 9 has been added for
"Patron's Alternative Minimum Tax Adjustment". A
note under the Form 1099-PATR Amount Codes gives
additional information.
(6) Form 1099-R, Amount Codes, field positions 23-31
(pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 9
has been changed from "State income tax withheld"
to "Total employee contributions". Note 5 under
the Form 1099-R Amount Codes gives additional
information.
b. Payee "B" Record changes:
(1) For all forms, field positions 2-3 (pos. 3-4 for
8-inch diskettes) "Payment Year" must be
incremented by one (from 94 to 95) unless
reporting prior year data.
(2) In Parts B, "B" Record Layout for Form 1099-C,
Positions 378-416, for Debt Description,
information has been added advising filers using a
combined Form 1099-C and 1099-A to enter a
description of the property. (See Parts E and F
for the appropriate diskette field position.)
c. End of payer "C" Record: No changes.
d. State total "K" Record: No changes.
e. End of transmission "F" Record: No changes.
f. In Part G, Sec. 3, (Magnetic/Electronic specifications
for Extension of Time), Record Layout, Position 175,
Document Indicator, the title of Code 5 has been
changed from 1042 to REMIC Documents, (1099-INT or
1099-OID)
.03 EDITORIAL CHANGES--GENERAL
a. A notification appears throughout the publication to
alert filers of 8-inch diskettes that IRS/MCC will
discontinue processing 8-inch diskettes for Tax Year
1996 (calendar year 1997).
b. A notification appears throughout the publication to
alert filers that penalty information can be found
under the Penalty Section in the 1995 "Instruction for
Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."
c. Part A, (General):
(1) In Sec. 3.01, (Where To File and How To Contact
the IRS, Martinsburg Computing Center), and Sec.
11.05, (Extension of Time), specific addresses
have been added for requests filed magnetically
(tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch
diskettes) for extensions of time. In order to
expedite processing of the media submitted to
request the extensions of time, it is important to
use the correct addresses.
(2) In Sec. 4.04, (Filing Requirements), Sec. 6.01,
(Vendor List), Sec. 9.07, Filing of Information
Returns Magnetically/Electronically and Retention
Requirements), and Sec. 19, (Major Problems
Encountered), notes have been added advising
filers to be careful not to report duplicate data
to IRS.
(3) In Sec. 9.03, (Filing of Information Returns
Magnetically/Electronically and Retention
Requirements), a note has been added advising
filers to clearly mark the tax year being reported
on computer generated substitutes for Form 4804.
(4) In Sec. 10.02, (Due Dates), for purposes of
meeting due dates, statements have been added
advising filers submitting media to IRS/MCC by
means other that U.S. Postal Service that the date
of receipt will be the actual date received at
IRS/MCC.
(5) In Sec. 11.01, (Extensions of Time), a statement
has been added to specify the forms for which an
extension of time may be requested. Included are
Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042-S.
(6) In Sec. 11.04, (Extensions of Time), information
has been changed to advise that transmitters
requesting an extension of time to file for more
than 50 payers are required to file the extension
request magnetically or electronically.
Transmitters requesting an extension of time for
10 to 49 payers are encouraged to file the request
magnetically or electronically.
(7) In Sec. 11.05, (Extensions of Time), specific
addresses to include "Attn: Extension of Time
Coordinator", have been given for magnetically
filed requests for extension of time to file.
(8) In Sec. 11.08, (Extensions of Time), information
has been added advising filers requesting an
additional extension of time to submit a second
Form 8809 before the end of the initial extension.
Specific instructions are included in the
information.
(9) In Sec. 11.14, (Extensions of Time), information
has been added to the instructions for requesting
an extension of time to furnish the statements to
recipients. The list of forms for which an
extension may be requested has been expanded to
include W-2G and 1042S. In the letter requesting
the extension, the filer must specify that the
request is to provide statements to recipients.
(10) In Sec. 12.03, (Processing of Information Returns
Magnetically/Electronically), a statement has been
added to advise filers that a late-filing penalty
will be assessed if returned files are not
corrected and returned to IRS/MCC within 45 days
or if incorrect files are returned more than two
times for replacement. If a replacement file is
not submitted, a failure-to-file penalty will be
assessed.
(11) In Sec. 13.02, (Corrected Returns), statements
have been added to clarify that corrections filed
after August 1 may be subject to the maximum
penalty and corrections filed prior to August 1
may be subject to a lesser penalty.
d. Part B, (Magnetic Media Specifications), Part E,
(Single Density (8-Inch) Diskette Specification) and
Part F, (Double Density (8-Inch) Diskette
Specifications):
(1) In the "A" Record Layouts, a note has been added
to the Amount Codes for 1099-A and 1099-C to
explain the filing requirements to be used if a
debt is canceled in connection with the
acquisition or abandonment of secured property.
(2) In the "A" Record Layouts, for Form 1099-C, Note 3
has been added to explain that Amount Code 7 will
only be used if a combined Form 1099-A and 1099-C
is being filed.
(3) In the "A" Record Layouts, for form 1099-PATR, a
note has been added for Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and
9 to explain the use of Pass-Through-Credits.
(4) In the "A" Record Layouts, for Form 1099-R, Note 5
has been added to advise filers that state and
local income tax withheld may be reported in the
Special Data Entries Field of the "B" Record.
(5) In the "B" Record Layouts, a statement has been
added to the paragraph following the Payee Mailing
Address advising filers to adhere to the correct
format for the payee city, state, and ZIP Code.
e. Part C, (Bisynchronous (Mainframe) Electronic Filing
Specifications):
(1) In Sec. 4.01, (Electronic Submissions),
information has been added to the available filing
time to advise filers that routine
maintenance/backup will be performed daily at 4:00
a.m. Eastern Time.
(2) In Sec. 4.02, (Electronic Submissions), the term
"lengthy transmission" has been identified as
100,000 or more records. Filers are advised to
break very large files into multiple
transmissions.
f. Part D, (Asynchronous (IRB-BBS) Electronic Filing
Specifications):
(1) In Sec. 4.02, (Electronic Submissions), the term
"large files" is identified as files in excess of
2 hours of transmission time.
(2) In Sec. 4.04, (Electronic Submissions), the table
for transmission speed and processing time has
been expanded to include 38400 bps.
(3) In Sec. 5.01, (Transmittal Requirements),
information has been added advising filers that
although the electronic transmissions posts to (F)
Status, the Form 4804 must be received before
further processing occurs.
(4) In Sec. 5.04, (Transmittal Requirements), a note
has been added advising filers to mail or send the
Form 4804 in lieu of faxing due to the increase in
volume of electronic filing.
g. Part G, (Magnetic/Electronic Specifications for
Extension of Time):
(1) In Sec. 1.02, (General Information), a statement
has been added to specify the forms for which an
extension of time may be requested. Included are
Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042S.
(2) In Sec. 1.03, (General Information), information
has been changed to advise that transmitters
requesting an extension of time to file for more
than 50 payers are required to file the extension
request magnetically or electronically.
Transmitters requesting an extension of time for
10 to 49 payers are encouraged to file the request
magnetically or electronically.
(3) In Sec. 1.09, (General Information), information
has been added to inform filers sending extension
requests by means other than U.S. Postal Service
that the date received at MCC will be used as the
received date.
(4) In Sec. 1.12, (General Information), information
has been added to inform filers when to file the
extension request and what to do if a denial
letter is received.
(5) In Sec. 1.15, (General Information), information
has been added to inform filers needing an
additional extension of time, the steps to take to
submit the request magnetically or electronically.
(6) In Sec. 3, (Record Layout), Positions 6-14 for
Payer TIN, a notation has been added that the
Payer TIN for Form 1042S is that of the
Withholding Agent.
.04 EDITORIAL CHANGES--MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS
a. In specifications found in all sections referring to
the example of Amount Codes, the phrase "'b' = blanks"
has been changed to "'b' denotes blanks in the
designated positions."
b. Part B, (Magnetic Media Specifications);
(1) In Sec. 2.03(a), (Tape Specifications), the
maximum block size has been increased to 32,760
tape positions.
(2) In Sec. 3.02(a), (Tape Cartridge Specifications),
the maximum block size has been increased to
32,760 tape positions.
(3) Following Sec. 3.04(c), (Tape Cartridge
Specifications), a note has been added to advise
filers of tape cartridges to indicate on the
transmittal Form 4804 as well as the Form 5064
label whether the cartridge is 18 track or 36
track.
(4) In Sec. 4.03, (5 1/4-Inch and 3 1/2-Inch Diskette
Specifications), filers are advised that 3 1/2-
inch diskettes created on a System 36 or AS400 are
not acceptable.
SECTION 3. WHERE TO FILE AND HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS, MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER
.01 All information returns filed magnetically or electronically are processed at IRS/MCC. Files containing information returns, requests for IRS magnetic media and electronic filing information, undue hardship waivers, and requests for extensions (see Note) of time to file returns or to furnish the statements to recipients are to be sent to the following addresses:
If by Postal Service: or If by truck or air freight:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
P. O. Box 1359 Information Reporting Program
Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359 Route 9 and Needy Road
Martinsburg, WV 25401
NOTE: A magnetically-filed extension of time should be sent
using the following addresses:
If by Postal Service:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Extension of Time Coordinator
P O Box 879
Kearneysville, WV 25430
If by truck or air freight:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Extension of Time Coordinator
Route 9 and Needy Road
Martinsburg, WV 25401
.02 Inquiries may be made between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern time. The telephone number is (304) 263-8700. The telephone number for electronic filing using the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) is (304) 263- 2749; the telephone number for bisynchronous electronic filing is (304) 267-0807 for 4800 bps, and (304) 267-9572 for 9600 bps. (These are not toll-free telephone numbers.)
.03 The 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" have been included in the Publication 1220 for transmitter convenience. The Form 1096 is used only to transmit Copy A of paper Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G. If filing paper returns, follow the mailing instructions on the Form 1096 and submit the paper returns to the appropriate IRS Internal Revenue Service Centers.
.04 The telephone number for the Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD) is (304) 267-3367. (Not a toll-free telephone number.)
.05 The telephone number for the IRS/MCC fax machine is (304) 264-5196. (Not toll free.)
.06 Requests for paper Forms 1099 and W-2 and publications not related to magnetic media/electronic filing should be requested by calling the "Forms Only Number" listed in your local telephone directory or by calling the IRS toll-free number 1-800- TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).
.07 Questions pertaining to magnetic media filing of Forms W-2 must be directed to SSA. Filers can call 1-800-SSA-1213 to obtain the phone number of the SSA Magnetic Media Coordinator for their area.
.08 Payers should not contact IRS/MCC if they have received a penalty notice and need additional information, or are requesting an abatement of the penalty. Penalty notices contain an IRS representative's name and/or phone number for contact purposes; or, the payer may be instructed to respond in writing to the address provided. IRS/MCC does not issue penalty notices and does not have the authority to abate penalties. (For penalty information, refer to Penalty Section of 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.")
.09 A taxpayer or authorized representative may request a copy of a tax return or a Form W-2 filed with a return by submitting Form 4506, Request for Copy of Transcript or Tax Form to IRS. This form may be obtained from a local IRS office or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).
.10 The IRS Centralized Call Site answers both magnetic media and tax law questions relating to the filing of information returns (Forms 1096, 1098, 1099, 5498, 8027, W-2, W-2G, W-3, and Questionable W-4). The IRS/MCC Call Site also handles inquiries dealing with Backup Withholding due to Missing and Incorrect Taxpayer Identification Numbers. The Call Site is located at IRS/MCC and operates in conjunction with the Information Reporting Program. The Call Site provides service to the payer community (financial institutions, employers, and other transmitters of information returns). Recipients of information returns (payees) should continue to contact 1-800-829-1040 or other number specified in the tax return instructions with any questions on how to report information returns.
The Call Site, which was phased in over a two-year period, is now accepting calls from all areas of the country. The number to call is (304) 263-8700 or Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) (304) 267-3367. These are toll calls. Hours of operation for the Call Site are Monday through Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time. The Call Site is open throughout the year to handle payers', transmitters' and employers' questions. Due to the high demand for assistance at the end of January and February, it is advisable to call as soon as possible to avoid these peak filing seasons.
SECTION 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS
.01 Under section 6011(e)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, any person, including a corporation, partnership, individual, estate, and trust, who is required to file 250 or more information returns must file such returns magnetically/ electronically. The 250 or more requirement applies separately for each type of return and also to each type of corrected return. Even though payers may not be required to file magnetically/electronically, IRS encourages them to do so.
.02 All filing requirements that follow, apply individually to each reporting entity as defined by its separate Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN), Social Security Number (SSN), or Employer Identification Number (EIN)). For example, if a corporation with several branches or locations uses the same EIN, the corporation must aggregate the total volume of returns to be filed for that EIN and apply the filing requirements to each type of return accordingly.
.03 Payers who are required to submit their information returns on magnetic media may choose to submit their documents by electronic filing. Payers who submit their information returns electronically are considered to have satisfied the magnetic media filing requirements.
.04 The following requirements apply separately to both originals and corrections filed magnetically/electronically:
NOTE: If filers meet the filing requirements and engage a
service bureau to prepare media on their behalf, the
filers should be careful not to report duplicate data
which may cause penalty notices to be generated.
_______________________________________________________________
1098 250 or more of any of these forms require magnetic
1099-A media or electronic filing with IRS. These are
1099-B stand alone documents and are not to be aggregated
1099-C for purposes of determining the 250 threshold.
1099-DIV For example, if you must file 100 Forms 1099-B and
1099-G 300 Forms 1099-INT, Forms 1099-B need not be filed
1099-INT magnetically or electronically since they do not
1099-MISC meet the threshold of 250. However, Forms
1099-OID 1099-INT must be filed magnetically or
1099-PATR electronically since they meet the threshold
1099-R of 250.
1099-S
5498
W-2G
________________________________________________________________
.05 The above requirements do not apply if the payer establishes undue hardship (see Part A, Sec. 5).
SECTION 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA
.01 If a payer is required to file on magnetic media but fails to do so (or fails to file electronically, in lieu of magnetic media filing) and does not have an approved waiver on record, the payer may be subject to a penalty of $50 per return. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.")
.02 If payers are required to file original or corrected returns on magnetic media, but such filing would create an undue hardship, they may request a waiver from these filing requirements by submitting Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media, to IRS/MCC.
.03 If a payer submits an original return on magnetic media, corrections may be submitted on paper if the corrected returns are less than 250. However, if a waiver for original documents is approved, any corrections for the same type of returns will be covered under this waiver.
.04 Generally, only the payer may sign the Form 8508. A transmitter may sign if given power of attorney; however, a letter signed by the payer stating this fact must be attached to the Form 8508.
.05 A transmitter must submit a separate Form 8508 for each payer. Do not submit a list of payers.
.06 All information requested on the Form 8508 must be provided to IRS for the request to be processed.
.07 The waiver, if approved, will provide exemption from magnetic media filing for the current tax year only. Payers may not apply for a waiver for more than one tax year at a time; application must be made each year a waiver is necessary.
.08 Form 8508 may be photocopied or computer-generated as long as it contains all the information requested on the original form.
.09 Filers are encouraged to submit Form 8508 to IRS/MCC at least 45 days before the due date of the returns. However, new brokers and new barter exchanges may request an undue hardship waiver by the end of the second month following the month in which they became a broker or barter exchange.
.10 File Form 8508 for Forms W-2 with IRS/MCC, not SSA.
.11 Waivers are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and are approved or denied based on regulation criteria set forth under section 6011(e) of the Internal Revenue Code. The transmitter must allow a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to a waiver request.
.12 If a waiver request is approved, the transmitter should keep the approval letter on file. A copy of the approved waiver should not be sent to the submission processing site where the paper returns are filed.
.13 An approved waiver from filing information returns on magnetic media does not provide exemption from all filing. The payer must timely file information returns on acceptable paper forms with the appropriate submission processing site.
.14 Desert Storm Contributions - If a payer is required to file a Form 5498 magnetically/electronically, the payer may request an automatic waiver from filing Desert Storm Form 5498 magnetically/electronically.
SECTION 6. VENDOR LIST
.01 IRS/MCC prepares a list of vendors who support magnetic media or electronic filing. This list contains the names of service bureaus that will produce files on the prescribed types of magnetic media or via electronic filing. It also contains the names of vendors who provide software packages for payers who wish to produce magnetic media or electronic files on their own computer systems. This list is provided as a courtesy and in no way implies IRS/MCC approval or endorsement.
NOTE: If filers meet the filing requirements and engage a service bureau to prepare media on their behalf, the filers should be careful not to report duplicate data, which may cause penalty notices to be generated.
.02 A payer may contact IRS/MCC via telephone or letter (See Part A, Sec. 3) to acquire the vendor list. This information is also available from the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (refer to Part D). Vendor names will not be provided over the telephone.
.03 A vendor, who offers a software package, has the ability to produce magnetic media for customers, or has the capability to electronically file information returns, and would like to be included on the list, must submit a written request to IRS/MCC. The request should be submitted by August 15 and must include:
(a) Company name
(b) Address (include city, state, and ZIP code)
(c) Telephone number (include area code)
(d) Contact person
(e) Type(s) of service provided (e.g., service bureau and/or software)
(f) Type(s) of media offered (e.g., magnetic tape or tape cartridge, 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskettes, or electronic filing)
.04 The vendor list is updated annually. Therefore, any changes to information already on the vendor list must also be received by IRS/MCC no later than August 15 to be included on the most current vendor list.
Note: Please take caution to ensure duplicate reporting does not occur by the payer and service bureau.
SECTION 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY
.01 Transmitters are required to submit Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/ Electronically, to request authorization to file information returns with IRS/MCC. A single Form 4419 should be filed no matter how many types of returns the transmitter will be submitting magnetically/electronically. For example, if a transmitter plans to file Forms 1099-INT, one Form 4419 should be submitted. If, at a later date, another type of form is to be filed, do not submit a new Form 4419. A separate Form 4419 is required for filing Form 1042S or Form 8027. If filers wish to report both electronically and magnetically, only one Form 4419 needs to be submitted.
.02 Magnetic tape, tape cartridge, diskette, and electronically-filed returns may not be submitted to IRS/MCC until the application has been approved. Please read the instructions on the back of Form 4419 carefully. This form may be photocopied. Additional forms may be obtained by calling 1- 800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).
.03 Upon approval, a five character alpha/numeric Transmitter Control Code (TCC) will be assigned and included in an approval letter. The TCC must be coded in the Payer "A" Record. If a transmitter uses more than one TCC to file, each TCC must be reported on separate media or in separate transmissions if filing electronically.
A magnetic media reporting package containing the current revenue procedure, forms, labels, and instructions will be sent to the attention of the contact person indicated on Form 4419. This package will be sent annually.
If any of the information on the Form 4419 changes, please notify IRS/MCC in writing so that the IRS/MCC database can be updated. The transmitter should include the TCC in all correspondence.
.04 Form 4419 can be submitted at any time during the year; however, it must be submitted to IRS/MCC at least 30 days before the due date of the return(s). For documents to be filed electronically using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols, Form 4419 must be submitted at least 45 days prior to the due date of the returns (see Part C, Sec. 2). This will allow IRS/MCC the minimum amount of time necessary to process and respond to applications. In the event that computer equipment or software is not compatible with IRS/MCC, a waiver may be requested to file returns on paper documents.
.05 IRS/MCC encourages transmitters who file for multiple payers to submit one application and to use the assigned TCC for all payers. Include a list of all payers and TINs with the Form 4419. Transmitters are encouraged to provide an updated list to IRS/MCC.
.06 If a payer's files are prepared by a service bureau, they may not need to submit an application to obtain a TCC. Some service bureaus will produce files, code their own TCC on the media, and send it to IRS/MCC for the payer. Other service bureaus will prepare magnetic media and return the media to the payer for submission to IRS/MCC. These service bureaus may require the payer to obtain a TCC to be coded in the "A" Record. Payers should contact their service bureaus for further information.
.07 Once a transmitter is approved to file magnetically or electronically, it is not necessary to reapply each year unless:
(a) Magnetic or electronic filing is discontinued for
a year; the payer's TCC may have been reassigned
by IRS/MCC.
(b) The payer's magnetic media files were transmitted
in the past by a service bureau using the service
bureau's TCC, but now the payer has computer
equipment compatible with that of IRS/MCC and
wishes to prepare their own files. The payer must
request a TCC by filing Form 4419.
.08 Submit one Form 4419 regardless of how many types of media or methods used to file the return. A payer may have more than one TCC, but must code only one TCC per media. Notify IRS/MCC of any TCCs that will not be used so these numbers may be reassigned.
.09 In accordance with Regulations section 1.6041-7(b), payments by separate departments of a health care carrier to providers of medical and health care services may be reported on separate returns on magnetic media. In this case, the headquarters will be considered the transmitter, and the individual departments of the company filing reports will be considered payers. A single Form 4419 covering all departments filing on magnetic media should be submitted. One TCC may be used for all departments.
.10 Approval to file does not imply endorsement by IRS/MCC of the computer software or of the quality of tax preparation services provided.
SECTION 8. TEST FILES
.01 IRS/MCC does not require test files, except for filers wishing to participate in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program (see Part A, Sec. 16 for further information concerning the Combined Federal/State Filing Program).
.02 IRS/MCC encourages first-time magnetic media or electronic filers to submit a test. The test file should consist of a sample of each type of record:
(a) Payer "A" record (must not be fictitious data)
(b) Multiple Payee "B" Records (at least 11 "B" Records per each "A" Record)
(c) End of Payer "C" Record
(d) State Totals "K" Record, if participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program
(e) End of Transmission "F" Record
It is not necessary to send a voluminous file; filers may choose to submit a single file or multiple files for their test.
.03 Use the Test Indicator in the "A" Record to show that this is a test file.
.04 IRS/MCC will check the file to ensure it meets the specifications of this revenue procedure. For current filers, sending a test file will provide the opportunity to ensure that their software reflects any programming changes.
If unable to submit a magnetic or electronic test file, a hardcopy printout that shows a sample of each record type (A, B, C and F) may be submitted. The hardcopy print test is not acceptable for Combined Federal/State Filing approval.
.05 Tests should be sent to IRS/MCC between November 1 and December 31. The test file must be received at MCC by December 31 in order to be processed. Filers may begin submitting test tapes and diskettes after October 1; however, the data will not be processed until on or after November 1.
.06 For tests filed electronically, the transmitter must send the signed Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, the same day the transmission is made. For tests filed on magnetic tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4", 3 1/2" or 8" diskette, the transmitter must include the signed Form 4804 in the same package with the corresponding magnetic media. Mark the "TEST" check box in block 1 on the form. Also, check "TEST" on the external media label, Form 5064.
If submitting a hardcopy printout, mark the printout as "TEST" and include name, telephone number, and address of a person who can be contacted to discuss its acceptability.
.07 IRS/MCC will send a letter of acknowledgement to indicate the test results. Unacceptable magnetic media files, along with documentation identifying the errors, will be returned. Resubmission of test files must be received by IRS/MCC no later than December 31.
.08 Successfully processed media will not be returned to filers.
SECTION 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS
.01 Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, Form 4802, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation), or computer-generated substitute, must accompany all magnetic media shipments. For electronic transmissions, the Form 4804 and Form 4802, if applicable, must be sent the same day as the electronic transmission. Form 4802, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation), is a continuation of Form 4804 and should only be used if the filer is reporting more than four types of returns and/or more than four payers. Form 4802 is not a stand-alone form; it can only accompany Form 4804.
.02 IRS/MCC encourages the use of computer-generated substitutes for Form 4804/4802.(See Note) The substitutes must contain all information requested on the original forms including the affidavit and signature line. Photocopies are acceptable but an original signature is required.
.03 A transmitter may report for any combination of payers and/or documents in a submission. For example, if reporting Forms 1099-INT for Bank A, Forms 1099-DIV for Bank B, and Forms 1098 for Bank C, three separate tapes or diskettes need not be created. All three banks and all types of documents can be coded on one tape or diskette as long as each filing entity or type of return is separated by an "A" Record. Only one "F" record may be used at the end of a transmission. Multiple tapes or diskettes can be sent in one package. Filers should include Form 4804, 4802, or computer-generated substitute with their shipment. (See Note).
Note: Be sure, when using computer generated forms, to very clearly mark which tax year is being reported. This will eliminate a phone communication from IRS/MCC to question the tax year.
.04 Multiple types of media may be submitted in a shipment. However, submit a separate Form 4804 for each type of media.
.05 Current and prior year data may be submitted in the same shipment; however, each tax year must be on separate media, and a separate Form 4804 should be prepared to clearly indicate each tax year.
.06 Filers who have prepared their information returns in advance of the due date are encouraged to submit this information to IRS/MCC no earlier than January 1 of the year the return is due.
.07 Do not report duplicate information. If a filer submits returns magnetically/electronically, identical paper documents must not be filed. This may result in erroneous penalty notices.
.08 Form 4804 may be signed by the payer or the transmitter, service bureau, paying agent, or disbursing agent (all hereafter referred to as agent), on behalf of the payer. An agent may sign the Form 4804 if the agent has the authority to sign the affidavit under an agency agreement (either oral, written, or implied) that is valid under state law and adds the caption "FOR: (name of payer)."
Note: Failure to sign the affidavit on Form 4804 may delay processing or could result in the files being returned unprocessed.
.09 Although an authorized agent may sign the affidavit, the payer is responsible for the accuracy of the Form 4804 and the returns filed. The payer will be liable for penalties for failure to comply with filing requirements.
.10 An external label, Form 5064, must be affixed to each tape and diskette. If diskettes are used, and the operating system is not MS/DOS compatible, the operating system and hardware information must be provided. Failure to provide this information may result in the diskette being returned to the filer. For instructions on how to complete Form 5064, refer to Notice 210, Preparation Instructions for Media Label, Form 5064. Notice 210 is included in this publication.
.11 On the outside of the shipping container, affix or attach Form 4801 or a substitute for the form, which reads "DELIVER UNOPENED TO TAPE LIBRARY - MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING - BOX ___ of ___." If there is only one container, mark the outside as Box 1 of 1. For multiple containers, include the sequence (for example, Box 1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3).
.12 When submitting files include the following:
(a) A signed Form 4804;
(b) Form 4802, if applicable;
(c) Form 5064, Media Label affixed to the magnetic media;
(d) and Form 4801, outside label.
Note: See Parts C and D for electronic submission requirements.
.13 If returns from different locations (using the same name and TIN) are submitted on the same file, IRS encourages the filer to consolidate each type of information return under one "A" Record. For example, all "B" Records for the same type of return should be together under one "A" Record and followed by the End of Payer "C" Record.
.14 IRS/MCC will not pay for or accept "Cash-on-Delivery" or "Charge to IRS" shipments of tax information that an individual or organization is legally required to submit.
.15 In general, payers should retain a copy of the information returns filed with IRS or have the ability to reconstruct the data for at least 3 years from the reporting due date, with the exception of Form 1099-C. A financial entity must retain a copy of Form 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, or have the ability to reconstruct the data required to be included on the return, for at least 4 years from the date such return is required to be filed. Whenever backup withholding is imposed, a 4-year retention is required.
SECTION 10. DUE DATES
.01 The due dates for filing paper returns with IRS also apply to magnetic media or electronic filing. Filing of information returns is on a calendar year basis, except for Form 5498 which is used to report amounts contributed during, or after (but not later than April 15) of the calendar year.
.02 Information returns filed magnetically/electronically for Forms 1098, 1099, and W-2G must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than February 28. If using a delivery service other than postal service, the actual date of receipt by IRS/MCC will be used as the received date. This should be considered in meeting filing requirements timely. Late filed media could result in a penalty for failure to file correct information returns by the due dates. (For information on penalties, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."
.03 The due date for furnishing statements to recipients is January 31. Form 5498 statements are due to the participants by January 31 for the fair market value of the account and by May 31 for contributions made to IRAs for the prior calendar year.
.04 Form 5498 filed magnetically/electronically must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than May 31. Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied to 1995 that are made January 1, 1995, through April 15, 1996, and/or to report the fair market value of the IRA/SEP.
.05 If any due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the return or statement is considered timely if filed or furnished on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.
.06 Use this revenue procedure to prepare information returns filed magnetically or electronically beginning January 1, 1996, and received by IRS/MCC no later than December 31, 1996.
SECTION 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME
.01 An extension of time to file may be requested for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042S.
.02 A transmitter may request an extension of time to file by submitting Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time To File Information Returns, to IRS/MCC. This form may be used to request an extension of time to file information returns submitted on paper, magnetically or electronically.
.03 A transmitter may request an extension of time to file for multiple payers by submitting Form 8809 and attaching a list of the payer names and their TINs (EIN or SSN). The listing must be attached to ensure that the extension is recorded for all payers. Form 8809 may be computer-generated or photocopied. Be sure that all the pertinent information is included.
.04 For Tax Year 1995 (returns due to be filed in 1996), transmitters requesting an extension of time to file for more than 50 payers are required to file the extension request magnetically or electronically. Transmitters requesting an extension of time for 10 to 49 payers are encouraged to file the request magnetically or electronically. (See Part G, Sec. 3 for the record format.) The request may be filed on tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskette or through the IRP-BBS or electronically.
.05 A magnetically filed request for an extension of time should be sent using the following addresses:
If by Postal Service:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Extension of Time Coordinator
P.O. Box 879
Kearneysville, WV 25430
If by truck or air freight:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Extension of Time Coordinator
Route 9 and Needy Road
Martinsburg, WV 25401
.06 Transmitters who submit requests for multiple payers will receive one approval letter with an attached list of payers covered under that approval.
.07 Filers may request an extension of time to file for 30 days as soon as they are aware that an extension is necessary but no later than the due date of the return. It will take a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to an extension request. Under certain circumstances a request for an extension of time could be denied. In such cases, the transmitter receives a denial letter. When this denial letter is received, the transmitter has 20 days to provide additional or necessary information and resubmit the extension request to IRS/MCC or file the information returns.
.08 If an additional extension of time is needed, a second Form 8809 may be submitted before the end of the initial extension with a postmark reflecting the date mailed. Line 7 on the form should be checked to indicate that the original extension has been received and the additional extension is being requested. A second 30-day extension will be approved only in cases of extreme hardship or catastrophic event.
.09 Form 8809 must be postmarked no later than the due date of the return for which an extension is requested. If requesting an extension of time to file several types of forms, use one Form 8809, but the Form 8809 must be postmarked no later than the earliest due date. For example, if requesting an extension of time to file both Forms 1099-INT and 5498, submit Form 8809 postmarked on or before February 28. Complete more than one Form 8809 to avoid this problem.
.10 Request an extension for only one tax year.
.11 The extension request must be signed by the payer or a person who is duly authorized to sign a return, statement or other document for the payer.
.12 Failure to properly complete and sign the Form 8809 may cause delays in processing the request or result in a denial. Please, carefully, read and follow the instructions on the back of the Form 8809.
.13 Form 8809 may be obtained by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676). Form 8809 is also provided in this publication for your convenience.
.14 Request an extension of time to furnish the statements to recipients of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042S by submitting a letter to IRS/MCC or to the payer's local District Director containing the following information:
(a) Payer Name
(b) TIN
(c) Address
(d) Type of Return
(e) Specify that the extension request is to provide
statements to recipients.
(f) Reason for Delay
(g) Signature of Payer or Person Duly Authorized
Requests for an extension of time to furnish the statements of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042S to recipients are not automatically approved; however, if approved, generally an extension will allow a maximum of 15 additional days from the due date to the recipient to furnish the statements to the recipients. If the request is denied, the statements must be sent to the recipients timely. The request must be postmarked by the date on which the statements are due to the recipients.
SECTION 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY
.01 All data received at IRS/MCC for processing will be given the same protection as individual income tax returns (Form 1040). IRS/MCC will process the data and determine if the records are formatted and coded according to this revenue procedure.
.02 If the data is formatted incorrectly, the file will be returned for replacement. If media is returned, it is because a replacement is needed. Open all packages immediately.
.03 Files must be corrected and returned to IRS/MCC within 45 days from the date of the letter IRS/MCC included with the returned files. A penalty for failure to file correct information returns by the due date will be assessed if the files are not corrected and returned within the 45 days or if the incorrect files are returned by IRS/MCC for replacement more than two times. A penalty for intentional disregard of filing requirements will be assessed if a replacement file is not received. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.") When possible, IRS/MCC may only return the portion of the file that needs replacement.
.04 Sample records identifying errors encountered will be provided with the returned media. It is the responsibility of the transmitter to check the entire file for similar errors.
.05 The following definitions have been provided to help distinguish between a correction and a replacement:
A correction is an information return submitted by the transmitter to correct an information return that was successfully processed by IRS/MCC, but contained erroneous information.
A replacement is an information return file that IRS/MCC has returned to the transmitter due to errors encountered during processing. After necessary changes have been made, the file must be returned for processing.
.06 IRS/MCC will not return media after successful processing. Therefore, if the transmitter wants proof that IRS/MCC received a shipment, the transmitter should select a service with tracing capabilities or one that will provide proof of delivery.
.07 IRS/MCC will work with filers as much as possible to assist with processing problems. If the filer is contacted by IRS/MCC, please respond promptly. IRS/MCC may have information that the filer needs to correct their file.
.08 IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with missing TINs in an attempt to prevent errors that could result in penalties. Payers who submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required steps to obtain this information are encouraged to attach a letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC. This letter, however, will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 or CP2100A-Notices) or penalties for missing or incorrect TINs.
.09 Do not use special shipping containers for transmitting data to IRS/MCC. Shipping containers will not be returned.
SECTION 13. CORRECTED RETURNS
.01 The magnetic media filing requirement of 250 information returns applies separately to both original and corrected returns.
Example: If a payer has 100 Forms 1099-A to be corrected, they can be filed on paper since they fall under the 250 threshold. However, if the payer has 300 Forms 1099-B to be corrected, they must be filed magnetically/electronically since they meet the 250 threshold. If for some reason a payer cannot file the 300 corrections on magnetic media, to avoid penalties, a request for a waiver must be submitted before filing on paper. No waiver is required for corrections that fall under the required threshold.
.02 Corrections should be filed as soon as possible. Corrections filed after August 1 may be subject to the maximum penalty of $50 per return. Corrections filed prior to August 1 may be subject to a lesser penalty. (For information on penalties, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." However, if payers discover errors after August 1, they may still be required to file corrections so that they will not be subject to a penalty for intentional disregard of the filing requirements. Failure to correct information returns may result in penalties for failure to provide correct information. All fields must be completed with the correct information, not just the data fields needing correction. Submit corrections only for the returns filed in error, not the entire file. If the entire file is in error, contact IRS/MCC immediately. Furnish corrected statements to recipients as soon as possible.
.03 There are numerous types of errors, and in some cases, more than one transaction may be required to correct the initial error. If the original return was filed as an aggregate, the filers must consider this in filing corrected returns. NOTE: IRS/MCC strongly encourages filers to read this entire section before attempting to make any corrections.
.04 Corrected returns may be included on the same medium as original returns; however, separate "A" Records are required. Corrected returns must be identified on the Form 4804 and the Form 5064 by marking the correction box provided.
Note: If filers discover that certain information returns were omitted on their original file, they should not submit these documents as corrections. They should submit them as originals.
.05 If a payer discovers errors for prior years that affect a large number of payees, in addition to sending IRS the corrected returns and notifying the payees, a letter containing the following information should be sent to IRS/MCC:
(a) Name and address of payer
(b) Type of error (please explain clearly)
(c) Tax year
(d) Payer TIN
(e) TCC
(f) Type of Return
(g) Number of Payees
This information will be forwarded to the appropriate office in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices from being sent to the payees. The correction must be submitted on an actual information return document or filed magnetically/electronically.
Provide the correct tax year in Box 2 of the Form 4804 and on Form 5064.
.06 Prior year data, original and corrected, must be filed according to the requirements of this revenue procedure. If submitting prior year corrections, use the record format for the current year and submit on separate media. However, use the actual year designation of the correction in field positions 2-3 or positions 3-4 for 8-inch diskette filing. If filing electronically, a separate transmission must be made for each tax year.
.07 In general, filers should submit corrections for returns to be filed within the last three calendar years (four years if the payment is a reportable payment subject to backup withholding under section 3406 of the Code).
.08 All paper returns, whether original or corrected, must be filed with the appropriate submission processing site.
.09 Form 4804 and Form 4802, must be submitted with corrected files submitted magnetically or electronically.
.10 The "B" Record provides a 20-position field for the Payer's Account Number for the Payee. This number will help identify the appropriate incorrect return if more than one return is filed for a particular payee. Do not enter a TIN in this field. A payer's account number for the payee may be a checking account number, savings account number, serial number, or any other number assigned to the payee by the payer that will distinguish the specific account. This number should appear on the initial return and on the corrected return in order to identify and process the correction properly.
.11 The record sequence for filing corrections is the same as for original returns.
.12 Review the chart that follows. Errors normally fall under one of the two categories listed. Next to each type of error made is a list of instructions on how to file the corrected return.
Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/
Electronically
_________________________________________________________________
Error Made on the Original Return How To File the Corrected
Return
_________________________________________________________________
TWO SEPARATE TRANSACTIONS
ARE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE
FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS PROPERLY.
FOLLOW DIRECTIONS FOR BOTH TRANSACTION 1: Identify
TRANSACTIONS 1 AND 2. (See Note 1) incorrect returns
1. Original return was filed A. Prepare a new Form
with one or more of the 4804/4802 that
following errors: includes information
(a) No Payee TIN (SSN or EIN) related to this file.
(b) Incorrect Payee TIN B. Mark "Correction" in
(c) Incorrect Payee Name Block 1 of Form 4804.
(d) Wrong type of return C. Prepare a new file.
indicator Make a separate "A"
Record for each type of
return being reported.
The information in the"A"
record will be exactly
the same as it was in the
original submission.
D. The Payee "B" Record
must contain exactly the
same information as
submitted previously
except insert a "G" in
field position 7
(position 8 for 8-inch
diskettes) of the "B"
Record, and for all
payment amounts, enter
"0" (zero).
Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/
Electronically (Cont.)
_________________________________________________________________
Error Made on the Original Return How To File the
Corrected Return
_________________________________________________________________
1. (Continued) E. Corrected returns
submitted to IRS/MCC
using a "G" coded "B"
Record may be on the
same tape or diskette
as those returns
submitted without the
"G" code; however, separate
"A" Records are
required.
F. Prepare a "C" Record.
TRANSACTION 2: Report the
correct information
A. Prepare a new file with
the correct information
in all records.
B. Make a separate "A"
Record for each type of
return and each payer
being reported.
C. The "B" record must
show the correct
information as well as
a "C" in field position
7 (position 8 for 8-inch
diskettes).
D. Corrected returns
submitted to IRS/MCC
using a "C" coded "B"
Record may be on the
same tape or diskette
as those returns
submitted without the
"C" code; however,
separate "A" Records are
required.
Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/
Electronically (Cont.)
_________________________________________________________________
Error Made on the Original Return How To File the Corrected
Return
_________________________________________________________________
1. (Continued)
E. Prepare a "C" Record.
F. Check the "Correction
Box" on the Form 5064.
NOTE 1: Payers who can show that they have reasonable cause (defined in the regulations under sections 6721-6724 of the Internal Revenue Code) are not required to make corrections for returns filed with a missing or incorrect name and/or TIN. These payers should change their records in order to submit correct information in the future. Payers who cannot show reasonable cause are encouraged to make corrections for the current processing year by August 1 to reduce applicable penalties. Corrections filed by August 1 will reduce the $50 per return penalty for filing returns with missing or incorrect information to $15 or $30. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".) Corrections filed after August 1 will not reduce the penalty but will allow IRS to update the payee's records. The regulations for IRC sections 6721-6724 are available in Publication 1586, Reasonable Cause Regulations and Requirements as They Apply to Missing and Incorrect TINs. The publication may be obtained by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).
Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/
Electronically (Cont.)
_________________________________________________________________
Error Made on the Original Return How To File the Corrected
Return
_________________________________________________________________
ONE TRANSACTION IS REQUIRED
TO MAKE THE FOLLOWING
CORRECTIONS PROPERLY. (See Note 2)
2. Original return was filed A. Prepare a new Form
with one or more of the 4804/4802 that
following errors: includes information
(a) Incorrect Payment relating to this new file.
Amount Codes in B. Mark "Correction" in
the "A" Record. Block 1 of Form 4804.
(b) Incorrect Payment C. Prepare a new file.
amounts in the Make separate "A"
"B" Record. Records for each type
(c) Incorrect Code in of return being
the Document reported. Information
Specific/Distribution in the "A" Record may
Code Field in the "B" be the same as it was
Record. in the original
(d) Incorrect Payee Address submission.
(e) Direct Sales Indicator D. The "B" Record must
show the correct
information as well as
a "G" in field position
7 (position 8 for 8-
inch diskettes).
E. Corrected returns
submitted to IRS/MCC
using a "G" coded "B"
Record may be on the
same tape or diskette
as those returns
submitted without the
"G" code; however,
separate "A" Records
are required.
Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/
Electronically (Cont.)
_________________________________________________________________
Error Made on the Original Return How To File the Corrected
Return
_________________________________________________________________
2. (Continued) F. Prepare a "C"
Record.
G. Check the "Correction
box" on the Form
5064.
NOTE 2: If a filer is correcting the name and/or TIN in addition to any errors listed in item 2 of the chart, then two transactions will be required.
If a filer is reporting "G" coded, "C" coded, and/or "Non-coded" (original) returns on the same media, they must be reported under separate "A" records. _________________________________________________________________
SECTION 14. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)
.01 Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires a person to furnish his/her TIN to the person obligated to file the information return.
.02 The payee's TIN and name combination is used to associate information returns reported to IRS/MCC with corresponding information on tax returns. It is imperative that correct social security and employer identification numbers for payees be provided to IRS/MCC. Do not enter hyphens or alpha characters. Entering all zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have the effect of an incorrect TIN.
.03 The payer and payee names with associated TINs should be consistent with the names and TINs used on other tax returns. Also, the name and TIN provided must belong to the owner of the account. If the account is recorded in more than one name, furnish the name and TIN of one of the owners of the account. The TIN provided MUST be associated with the name of the payee provided in the first name line of the "B" Record. For individuals, the payee TIN is generally the payee's Social Security Number. For other entities, the payee TIN is the payee's Employer Identification Number. For sole proprietors, the payee TIN may be either an SSN or EIN but the sole proprietor's name (not the business name) must be used.
.04 Failure to provide the correct name and corresponding TIN could result in a penalty and/or backup withholding notice (sometimes referred to as a "B" notice). (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Information for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G. For "B" Notice information, refer to the Backup Withholding Section of the same publication.)
.05 The following charts will help payers determine the TIN to be furnished to IRS/MCC for those persons for whom they are reporting information (payees).
______________________________________________________________
CHART 1. Guidelines for Social Security Numbers
_________________________________________________________________
In the Taxpayer
Identification
Number field of In the First Payee
the Payee "B" Name Line of the
For this type of Record, enter the Payee "B" Record,
account- SSN of- enter the name of-
_________________________________________________________________
1. Individual The individual The individual
2. Joint account (Two The actual owner The individual
or more individuals, of the account or, whose SSN is
including husband and if combined funds, entered
wife) the first indivi-
dual on the account.
3. Custodian account The minor The minor
of a minor (Uniform
Gift, or Transfers,
to Minors Act)
4. The usual revocable The grantor-trustee The grantor-
savings trust account trustee
(grantor is also trustee)
5. A so-called trust The actual owner The actual owner
account that is not a
legal or valid trust
under state law
6. Sole The owner The owner, not the
proprietorship (An SSN or EIN) business name (the
filer may enter
the business name
on the second name
line).
_________________________________________________________________
CHART 2. Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers _________________________________________________________________
In the Taxpayer
Identification
Number field of In the First Payee
the Payee "B" Name line of the
For this type Record, enter the Payee "B" Record,
of account- EIN of- enter the name of-
_________________________________________________________________
1. A valid trust, Legal entity 1 The legal trust,
estate, or pension estate, or
trust pension trust
2. Corporate The corporation The corporation
3. Association, club, The organization The organization
religious, charitable,
educational or other
tax-exempt organization
4. Partnership account The partnership The partnership
held in the name of the
business
5. A broker or The broker or The broker or
registered nominee/middleman nominee/middleman
nominee/middleman
6. Account with the The public entity The public entity
Department of Agriculture
in the name of a public
entity (such as a state
or local government,
school district, or
prison), that receives
agriculture program
payments
_________________________________________________________________
CHART 2. Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers (Cont'd)
_________________________________________________________________
In the Taxpayer
Identification
Number field of In the First Payee
the Payee "B" Name line of the
For this type Record, enter the Payee "B" Record,
of account- EIN of- enter the name of-
_________________________________________________________________
7. Sole proprietorship The business The owner, not
(An EIN or SSN) the business name
(the filer may
enter the business
name on the second
name line).
_________________________________________________________________
1 Do not furnish the identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the name of the representative or trustee is used in the account title.
SECTION 15. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS
.01 Magnetic/electronic reporting of information returns eliminates the need to submit paper documents to the IRS. CAUTION! Do not send Copy A of the paper forms to IRS/MCC in addition to magnetic media and electronic filing. This will result in duplicate filing; therefore, erroneous notices could be generated.
.02 Payers are responsible for providing statements to the payees as outlined in the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." Refer to these instructions for filing information returns on paper with the IRS and furnishing statements to recipients.
.03 Statements to recipients should be clear and legible. If the official IRS form is not used, the filer must adhere to the specifications and guidelines in Publication 1179, "Rules and Specifications for Private Printing of Substitute Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G."
SECTION 16. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM
.01 The Combined Federal/State Filing Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the taxpayer. IRS/MCC will forward this information to participating states free of charge for approved filers. Separate reporting to those states is not necessary. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed under this program.
.02 To request approval to participate, a magnetic media or electronic test file coded for this program must be submitted to IRS/MCC November l through December 31. Hardcopy print tests are not acceptable for Combined Federal/State Filing approval.
.03 Attach a letter to the Form 4804 submitted with the test file to indicate a desire to participate in this program.
.04 A test file is only required for the first year. Each record, both in the test and the actual data file, must conform to this revenue procedure.
.05 If the test file is acceptable, IRS/MCC will send the filer an approval letter, and a Form 6847, Consent for Internal Revenue Service to Release Tax Information, which the payer must complete, sign, and return to IRS/MCC before any tax information can be released to the state. Filers must write their TCC on Form 6847. If the test file is not acceptable, IRS/MCC will return the media with a letter indicating the problems. The replacement test file must be returned to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before December 31.
.06 A separate Form 6847 is required for each payer. A transmitter may not combine payers on one Form 6847 even if acting as Attorney-in-Fact for several payers. Form 6847 may be computer-generated as long as it includes all information that is on the original form or it may be photocopied. If the Form 6847 is signed by an Attorney-in-Fact, the written consent from the payer must clearly indicate that the Attorney-in-Fact is empowered to authorize release of the information.
.07 Only code the records for participating states and for those payers who have submitted Form 6847.
.08 Some participating states require separate notification that the payer is filing in this manner. Since IRS/MCC acts as a forwarding agent only, it is the payer's responsibility to contact the appropriate states for further information.
.09 All corrections properly coded for the Combined Federal/State Filing Program will be forwarded to the participating states.
.10 Participating states and corresponding valid state codes are listed in Table 1 of this section. The appropriate state code must be entered for those documents that meet the state filing requirements; do not use state abbreviations.
.11 To simplify filing, some of the participating states have provided their information return reporting requirements (see Table 2). Each state filing regulations are subject to change by the state. It is the payer's responsibility to contact the participating states to verify the criteria provided in this table.
.12 Upon submission of the actual files, the transmitter must be sure of the following:
(a) All records should be coded exactly as required by this revenue procedure.
(b) The "C" Record must be followed by a state total "K" Record for each state being reported.
(c) Payment amount totals and the valid participating state code must be included in the State Totals "K" Record.
(d) The last "K" Record must be followed by an "A" Record or an End of Transmission "F" Record (if this is the last record of the entire file).
* * * * *
TABLE 1. PARTICIPATING STATES AND THEIR CODES
_________________________________________________________________
State Code State Code State Code
_________________________________________________________________
Alabama 01 Iowa 19 North Carolina 37
Arizona 04 Kansas 20 North Dakota 38
Arkansas 05 Maine 23 Oregon 41
California 06 Massachusetts 25 South Carolina 45
Delaware 10 Minnesota 27 Tennessee 47
District of Columbia 11 Mississippi 28 Wisconsin 55
Georgia 13 Missouri 29
Hawaii 15 Montana 30
Idaho 16 New Jersey 34
Indiana 18 New Mexico 35
_________________________________________________________________
TABLE 2. DOLLAR CRITERIA FOR STATE REPORTING _________________________________________________________________
1099- 1099- 1099- 1099- 1099-
STATE DIV 1099-G INT MISC OID PATR 1099-R 5498
_________________________________________________________________
Alabama $1500 $ NR $1500 $1500 $1500 $1500 $1500 NR
Arkansas 100 2500 100 2500 2500 2500 2500 /a/
District of
Columbia/b/ 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 NR
Hawaii 10 /a/ 10 600 10 10 600 /a/
Idaho 10 10 10 600 10 10 600 /a/
Iowa 100 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 NR
Minnesota 10 10 10 600 10 10 600 /a/
Mississippi 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 NR
Missouri NR NR NR 1200/c/ NR NR NR NR
Montana 10 10 10 600 10 10 600 /a/
New Jersey 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 NR
North
Carolina 100 100 100 600 100 100 100 /a/
Tennessee 25 NR 25 NR NR NR NR NR
Wisconsin NR NR NR 600 NR NR 600 NR
_________________________________________________________________
Note: This list is for information purposes only. The state filing requirements are subject to change by the states. For complete information on state filing requirements, contact the appropriate state tax agencies. Filing requirements for any state in TABLE 1 not shown in TABLE 2 are the same as the federal requirement.
NR - No filing requirement.
FOOTNOTES
/a/ All amounts are to be reported.
/b/ Amounts are for aggregates of several types of income from the same payer.
/c/ Missouri would prefer those returns filed with respect to non-Missouri residents to be sent directly to their state agency.
SECTION 17. DEFINITION OF TERMS
Element Description
_____________________________________________________________________
Asynchronous Protocols This type of data transmission is most
often used by microcomputers, PCs and
some minicomputers. Asynchronous
transmissions transfer data at
arbitrary time intervals using the
start-stop method. Each character
transmitted has its own start bit
and stop bit.
Denotes a blank position. Enter
blank(s) when this symbol is used (do
not enter the letter "b"). This
appears in numerous areas throughout
the record descriptions.
Bisynchronous Protocols For purposes of this publication,
these are electronic transmissions
made using IBM 3780 protocols. These
transmissions must be in EBCDIC
character code and use the Bell 208B
(4800bps) or AT&T 2296A (9600bps)
modems. Standard IBM 3780 space
compression is acceptable.
Correction A correction is an information return
submitted by the payer to correct an
information return that was
successfully processed by IRS/MCC,
but contained erroneous information.
CUSIP Number A number developed by the Committee
on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures to serve as a common
denominator in communications among
users for security transactions and
security information.
Employer Identification A nine-digit number assigned by IRS
Number (EIN) for federal tax reporting purposes.
Electronic Filing Submission of information returns
using switched telecommunications
network circuits. These trans-
missions use modems, dial-up phone
lines, and asynchronous or bisyn-
chronous protocols. See Part C and D
of this publication for specific
information on electronic filing.
Element Description
_____________________________________________________________________
File For purposes of this revenue
procedure, a file consists of all
records submitted by a payer or
transmitter, either magnetically or
electronically.
Filer May be payer and/or transmitter.
Golden Parachute A payment made by a corporation to a
Payment certain officer, shareholder, or
highly compensated individual when a
change in the ownership or control of
the corporation occurs or when a
change in the ownership of a
substantial part of the corporate
assets occurs.
Inconsequential Error An error or omission of data that
does not prevent or hinder the
IRS/MCC from processing the return,
from correlating the information
required to be shown on the
information return with information
shown on the payee's tax return, or
from otherwise putting the return to
its intended use. For example, if
the payee address is 4821 Grant
Boulevard and the word "boulevard" is
misspelled, a correction does not
have to be made.
Incorrect Taxpayer A TIN may be incorrect for several
Identification Number reasons:
(Incorrect TIN) (a) The payee gave a wrong number
(e.g., the payee is listed as the
only owner of an account but
provided someone else's TIN).
(b) A processing error (e.g., the
number was typed incorrectly).
(c) The payee's status changed (e.g.,
the payee name change was not
conveyed to the IRS or SSA so
that they could enter the change
in their records).
Element Description
_____________________________________________________________________
Information Return The vehicle for submitting required
information about another person to
IRS.
Information returns are filed by
financial institutions and by others
who make certain types of payments as
part of their trade or business.
The information required to be
reported on an information return
includes interest, dividends,
pensions, nonemployee compensation
for personal services, stock
transactions, sales of real estate,
mortgage interest, and other types of
information.
For this revenue procedure, an
information return is Form 1098,
1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-DIV,
1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,
1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 1099-S,
5498 or W-2G.
Magnetic Media For this revenue procedure, the term
"magnetic media" refers to 1/2-inch
magnetic tape; IBM 3480/3490 or AS400
compatible tape cartridge; or 5 1/4-,
3 1/2- or 8-inch diskette.
Missing Taxpayer The payee TIN on an information return
Identification Number is "missing" if:
(Missing TIN) (a) there is no entry in the TIN
field,
(b) includes one or more alpha
characters (a character or symbol
other than an Arabic number) as
one of the nine digits, OR
(c) payee TIN has less than nine
digits
PS 58 Costs The current cost of life insurance
under a qualified plan taxable under
section 72(m) and Regulations section
1.72-16(b). (See Part B, Sec. 7 Payee
Element Description
_____________________________________________________________________
PS 58 Costs(Cont'd) "B" Record, Document Specific/
Distribution Code, Category of
Distribution, Code 9.).
Payee Person or organization receiving
payments from the payer, or for whom
an information return must be filed.
The payee includes a borrower (Form
1099-A), a debtor (1099-C),
participant (Form 5498) and a gambling
winner (Form W-2G). For Form 1098,
the payee is the individual paying the
interest. For Form 1099-S, the payee
is the seller or other transferor.
Payer Includes the person making payments, a
recipient of mortgage interest
payments, a broker, a person reporting
a real estate transaction, a barter
exchange, a creditor, a trustee or an
issuer of an IRA or SEP, or a lender
who acquires an interest in secured
property or who has reason to know
that the property has been abandoned.
The payer will be held responsible for
the completeness, accuracy, and timely
submission of magnetic media files.
Replacement A replacement is an information return
file that IRS/MCC has returned to the
transmitter due to errors encountered
during processing.
Service Bureau Person or organization with whom the
payer has a contract to prepare and/or
submit information return files to
IRS/MCC. A parent company submitting
data for a subsidiary is not
considered a service bureau.
Social Security Number A nine-digit number assigned by SSA to
(SSN) an individual for wage and tax
reporting purposes.
Special Character Any character that is not a numeral,
an alpha, or a blank.
Element Description
_____________________________________________________________________
SSA Social Security Administration.
Statement to Recipient For purposes of this revenue
procedure, the copy of Form 1099,
1098, 5498, or W-2G that is required
to be sent by the payer to the
recipient to provide information to be
reported on the recipient's tax
return. When reporting Form 1098, the
payer is the receiver of the mortgage
interest and the recipient is the
person making the interest payment.
When reporting Form 1099-S, the payer
is the entity reporting the
transaction and the recipient is the
seller or other transferor.
Taxpayer Identification May be either an Employer
Number (TIN) Identification Number (EIN) or Social
Security Number (SSN).
Transfer Agent The transfer agent, or paying agent,
(Paying Agent) is the entity who has
been contracted or authorized by the
payer to perform the services of
paying and reporting backup
withholding (Form 945). The payer may
be required to submit to IRS/MCC a
Form 2678, Employer Appointment of
Agent Under Section 3504 of the
Internal Revenue Code, which notifies
IRS/MCC of the transfer agent
relationship.
Transmitter Person or organization submitting
file(s) magnetically/electronically.
May be payer or agent of payer.
Transmitter Control A five character alpha/numeric number
Code (TCC) assigned by IRS/MCC to the transmitter
prior to actual filing magnetically or
electronically. This number is
inserted in the "A" Record of the
files and must be present before the
file can be processed. An application
Form 4419 must be filed with IRS/MCC
to receive this number.
_________________________________________________________________
SECTION 18. STATE ABBREVIATIONS
.01 The following state abbreviations are to be used when developing the state code portion of address fields. This table provides state abbreviations only, and does not represent those states participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.
__________________________________________________________________
State Code State Code State Code
__________________________________________________________________
Alabama AL Kentucky KY Ohio OH
Alaska AK Louisiana LA Oklahoma OK
American Samoa AS Maine ME Oregon OR
Arizona AZ Marshall Islands MH Palau PW
Arkansas AR Maryland MD Pennsylvania PA
California CA Massachusetts MA Puerto Rico PR
Colorado CO Michigan MI Rhode Island RI
Connecticut CT Minnesota MN South Carolina SC
Delaware DE Mississippi MS South Dakota SD
District of Columbia DC Missouri MO Tennessee TN
Federated States Montana MT Texas TX
of Micronesia FM Nebraska NE Utah UT
Florida FL Nevada NV Vermont VT
Georgia GA New Hampshire NH Virginia VA
Guam GU New Jersey NJ Virgin Islands VI
Hawaii HI New Mexico NM Washington WA
Idaho ID New York NY West Virginia WV
Illinois IL North Carolina NC Wisconsin WI
Indiana IN North Dakota ND Wyoming WY
Iowa IA Northern
Kansas KS Mariana Islands MP
__________________________________________________________________
.02 Filers must adhere to the city, state, and ZIP code format for U.S. addresses in the "B" Record. This also includes American Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands and others.
.03 For foreign country addresses, filers may use a 40 position free format which should include city, province or state, postal code, and name of country in this order. This is allowable only if a "1" (one) appears in the Foreign Country Indicator Field of the "B" Record.
.04 When reporting APO/FPO addresses use the following format:
EXAMPLE:
Payee Name PVT Willard J. Doe
Mailing Address Company F, PSC Box 100
167 Infantry REGT
Payee City APO (or FPO)
*Payee State AE, AA or AP
Payee ZIP Code 098010100
* AE is the designation for ZIPs beginning with 090-098, AA for ZIP 340, and AP for ZIPs 962-966.
SECTION 19. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED
IRS/MCC encourages filers to verify the format and content of each type of record to ensure the accuracy of the data. This may eliminate the need for IRS/MCC to return files for replacement. This may be important for those payers who have either had their files prepared by a service bureau (see Note:) or who have purchased pre-programmed software packages. If a filer purchased a software package for a previous tax year, it may no longer be valid for reporting current tax year information returns. Following are some of the most frequently encountered problems with magnetic/electronic files submitted to IRS/MCC.
NOTE: IF FILERS MEET THE FILING REQUIREMENTS AND ENGAGE A SERVICE BUREAU TO PREPARE MEDIA ON THEIR BEHALF, THE FILERS SHOULD BE CAREFUL NOT TO REPORT DUPLICATE DATA WHICH MAY GENERATE PENALTY NOTICES.
---------------------------------------------------------------
1. Discrepancy between IRS/MCC totals and totals in Payer "C" Records.
The "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer as reported in the "B" Records. IRS balances the total number of payees and payment amounts and compares them with totals in the "C" Records. Filers should verify the accuracy of the records because imbalances may necessitate return of files for replacement.
----------------------------------------------------------------
2. The Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record do not correspond to the amount codes in the "A" Record.
If codes 2, 4, and 7 appear in the Amount Codes Field of the "A" Record, then the "B" Record must show payment amounts in only Fields 2, 4, and 7, right-justified and unused positions must be zero (0) filled.
EXAMPLE: "A" RECORD 247bbbbbb -- ('b' denotes a
blank)
(Pos. 23-31)
(Pos. 24-32 for 8-inch
diskettes)
"B" RECORD 0000867599 -- (Payment Amount 2)
(pos. 61-70)
(Pos. 62-71 for 8-inch
diskettes)
0000709097 -- (Payment Amount 4)
(Pos. 81-90)
(pos. 82-91 for 8-inch
diskettes)
0000044985 -- (Payment Amount 7)
(Pos. 111-120)
(Pos. 112-121 for 8-inch
diskettes)
----------------------------------------------------------------
3. Blanks or invalid characters appear in Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record.
Money amounts must be right-justified and zero (0) filled. Do not use blanks.
----------------------------------------------------------------
4. Incorrect TIN in Payer "A" Record.
The Payer's TIN reported in positions 7-15 (positions 8-16 for 8-inch diskettes) of the 'A' Record must be correct in order for IRS/MCC to process the media. The TIN provided in the "A" Record should correspond with the name provided in the first payer name line.
----------------------------------------------------------------
5. Bad Format.
IRS/MCC receives data in prior year format as well as 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes formatted using 8-inch diskette specifications and vice versa. Be sure to use the proper section of the current revenue procedure for formatting data.
----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------
6. Incorrect tax year in the Payer 'A' and the Payee "B" records.
The tax year in both the payee and payer record should reflect the year of the information that is being reported. Filers need to check their files to ensure that this information is correct.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
7. Form W-2 information submitted on same media as Form 1099 information.
Form W-2 information is submitted to SSA, and not to IRS/MCC. SSA has its own magnetic media reporting program and specifications for wage information, and the media containing Forms W-2 is submitted to SSA. Any media received at IRS/MCC that contains Form W-2 information will be returned to the filer. The local SSA office should be contacted for information concerning filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
8. Excessive withholding credits.
Generally, for most information returns, other than Forms 1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G, Federal withholding amounts should not exceed 31 percent of the income reported. Validate the total reported in the withholding field against the total income reported.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
9. Incorrect format for TINs in the Payee "B" Record.
A check of "B" records should be made to ensure the Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs) are formatted correctly. There should be nine numerics, no alphas, hyphens, commas or blanks. Incorrect formatting of TINs may result in a penalty. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".)
IRS/MCC contacts filers who have submitted payee data with missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers/transmitters who submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required steps to obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC. This letter, however, will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 and CP2100A Notices) or penalties for missing or incorrect TINs. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
10. Distribution Codes for Form 1099-R reported incorrectly.
Distribution Codes for Form 1099-R are being reported incorrectly or not being reported. See valid distribution codes for 1099-R in the Payee B Record layout.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
11. Incorrect Record Totals Listed on Form 4804.
The Combined Total Payee Records listed on the Form 4804 (Box 9) are used in the verification process of information returns. The figure in this box should be the total number of Payee "B" Records contained on the media submitted with the Form 4804. The figures on the Form 4804 are compared against the total number of Payee "B" Records processed on the media. Imbalances may necessitate the return of the files for replacement.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
12. Invalid Use of IRA/SEP Indicator.
The IRA/SEP Indicator for Forms 1099-R should be used only for the reporting of a distribution from an IRA/SEP. The total amount distributed from an IRA or SEP should be reported in Payment Amount Field 2 (IRA/SEP Distribution).
-----------------------------------------------------------------
PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. GENERAL
.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in the magnetic media file.
.02 A provision is made in the "B" Records for Special Data Entries. These entries are optional. If the field is not utilized, enter blanks to maintain a fixed record length of 420 positions. The field is intended to serve one or both of these purposes:
(a) Contain information required by state or local governments. Filers who wish to use this option for satisfying state or local reporting requirements should contact the state or local department of revenue for filing instructions. (Also refer to Part A, Sec. 16.)
(b) Contain information for the filer's own personal use and used at the discretion of the filer to include information related to each individual return. IRS/MCC will not use the information supplied in this field. The length of this field will vary depending on the type of return.
.03 Transmitters should be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on files. If a filer's media does not meet these specifications, they are encouraged to submit a test prior to submitting the actual file. Contact IRS/MCC for further information.
.04 Use "K" Records only if the payer is an approved Combined Federal/State filer.
SECTION 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS
.01 IRS/MCC can process most magnetic tape files if the following specifications are followed:
(a) 9 track EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) with:
(1) Odd parity.
(2) A density of 1600, or 6250 CPI.
(3) If transmitters use UNISYS Series 1100, they must submit an interchange tape.
(b) 9 track ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) with:
(1) Odd parity.
(2) A density of 1600 or 6250 CPI.
Transmitters should be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on files.
.02 All compatible tape files must have the following characteristics: Type of tape - 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) wide, computer-grade magnetic tape on reels of up to 2,400 feet (731.52 m) within the following specifications:
(a) Tape thickness: 1.0 or 1.5 mils and
(b) Reel diameter: 10 1/2-inch (26.67 cm), 8 1/2-inch (21.59 cm), 7-inch (17.78 cm), or 6-inch.
.03 The tape records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:
(a) A block must not exceed 32,760 tape positions.
(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9's; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9's or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.
(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked or unblocked. A record may not contain any control fields or block descriptor fields which describe the length of the block or the logical records within the block. The number of logical records within a block (the blocking factor) must be constant in every block with the exception of the last block which may be shorter (see item b above). The block length must be evenly divisible by 420.
(d) Records may not span blocks.
.04 Labeled or unlabeled tapes may be submitted.
.05 For the purposes of this revenue procedure the following must be used:
Tape Mark:
(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.
(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 001111 (8421).
(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.
.06 IRS/MCC can only read one data file on a tape. A data file is a group of records which may or may not begin with a tapemark, but must end with a trailer label. Any data beyond the trailer label cannot be read by IRS programs.
SECTION 3. TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS
.01 In most instances, IRS/MCC can process tape cartridges that meet the following specifications:
(a) Must be IBM 3480, 3490 or AS400 compatible.
(b) Must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards, and have the following characteristics:
(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2-inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4-inches by 5-inches by 1-inch in dimension.
(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2-inch tape.
(3) Cartridges must be 18-track or 36-track parallel. (See Note)
(4) Cartridges will contain 37,871 CPI or 75,742 CPI (characters per inch).
(5) Mode will be full function.
(6) The data may be compressed using EDRC (Memorex) or IDRC (IBM) compression.
(7) Either EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) may be used.
.02 The tape cartridge records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:
(a) A block must not exceed 32,760 tape positions.
(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9's; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9's or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.
(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked or unblocked. A record may not contain any control fields or block descriptor fields which describe the length of the block or the logical records within the block. The number of logical records within a block (the blocking factor) must be constant in every block with the exception of the last block which may be shorter (see item b above). The block length must be evenly divisible by 420.
(d) Records may not span blocks.
.03 Tape cartridges may be labeled or unlabeled.
.04 For the purposes of this revenue procedure, the following must be used:
Tape Mark:
(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.
(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 001111 (8421).
(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.
Note: Filers should indicate on the Form 5064 Label and transmittal Form 4804 whether the cartridge is 36 track or 18 track.
SECTION 4. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS
.01 To be compatible, a diskette file must meet the following specifications:
(a) 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inches in diameter.
(b) Data must be recorded in standard ASCII code. For 5 1/4-inch diskettes, data may be recorded using EBCDIC if the diskette is created on an IBM System 36.
(c) Records must be a fixed length of 420 bytes per record.
(d) Delimiter character commas (,) must not be used.
(e) Positions 419 and 420 of each record have been reserved for use as carriage return/line feed (cr/lf) characters if applicable.
(f) Filename of IRSTAX must be used. Do not enter any other data in this field. If a file will consist of more than one diskette, the filename IRSTAX will contain a three-digit extension. This extension will indicate the sequence of the diskettes within the file. For example, the first diskette will be named IRSTAX.001, the second diskette will be IRSTAX.002, etc.
(g) A diskette file may consist of multiple diskettes as long as the file naming conventions are followed.
(h) Diskettes must meet one of the following specifications:
Capacity Tracks Sides/Density Sector Size
1.44 mb 96tpi hd 512
1.44 mb 135tpi hd 512
1.2 mb 96tpi hd 512
720 kb 48tpi ds/dd 512
360 kb 48tpi ds/dd 512
320 kb 48tpi ds/dd 512
180 kb 48tpi ss/dd 512
160 kb 48tpi ss/dd 512
.02 IRS/MCC encourages transmitters to use blank or currently formatted diskettes when preparing files. If extraneous data follows the end of file "F" record, the file must be returned for replacement.
.03 IRS/MCC prefers that 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes be created using MS/DOS; however, diskettes created using other operating systems may be acceptable. Although, 3 1/2-inch diskettes created on a System 36 or AS400 ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. IRS/MCC has equipment that can convert diskettes created under virtually any operating system to the appropriate MS/DOS format. IRS/MCC strongly recommends that transmitters submit a test file for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, especially if their data was not created using MS/DOS.
.04 Transmitters are encouraged to use high density diskettes. Low density diskettes are acceptable but must be formatted in low density.
SECTION 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the magnetic media file and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.
.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer and for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.
.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if a payer is filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes should be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.
.04 The first record on the file must be an "A" Record. A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a tape or diskette. However, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A single tape or diskette may contain different types of returns but the types of returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.
.05 All records must be a fixed length of 420 positions.
.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records, however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS/MCC will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.
.07 Do not begin any record at the end of a block or diskette and continue the same record into the next block.
.08 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record must be upper-case.
.09 When filing Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest referred to as the payer in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
Note: For all fields marked Required, a transmitter must provide
the information described under Description and Remarks. For
fields not marked Required, a transmitter must allow for the
field, but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the
indicated media position(s) and for the indicated length. All
records are now a fixed length of 420 positions.
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "A"
_________________________________________________________________
2-3 Payment Year 2 Required. Enter "95" (unless
reporting prior year data).
_________________________________________________________________
4-6 Reel Sequence 3 The reel sequence number is
Number incremented by 1 for each tape or
diskette on the file starting
with 001. The transmitter may
enter blanks or zeros in this
field. IRS/MCC bypasses this
information. Indicate the proper
sequence on the external label
Form 5064.
_________________________________________________________________
7-15 Payer's 9 Required. Must be the valid
TIN nine-digit Taxpayer
Identification Number assigned to
the payer. Do not enter blanks,
hyphens, or alpha characters.
All zeros, ones, twos, etc. will
have the effect of an incorrect
TIN. For foreign entities that
are not required to have a TIN,
this field may be blank. However,
the Foreign Entity Indicator,
position 49 of the "A" Record,
should be set to "1" one.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
16-19 Payer Name 4 Not a required field. The Payer
Control Name Control can be obtained
only from the mail label
on the Package 1099 that is
mailed to most payers each
December. To distinguish between
Package 1099 and the Magnetic
Media Reporting (MMR) Package,
the Package 1099 contains
instructions for paper filing
only, and the mail label on the
package contains a four (4)
character name control. The MMR
Package contains instructions for
filing magnetically or
electronically. The mail label
does not contain a name control.
Names of less than four (4)
characters should be left-
justified, filling the unused
positions with blanks. If a
Package 1099 has not been
received or the Payer Name
Control is unknown, this field
must be blank filled.
_________________________________________________________________
20 Last Filing 1 Enter a "1" (one) if this is the
Indicator last year the payer will file,
otherwise, enter blank. Use this
indicator if the payer will not
be filing information returns
under this payer name and TIN in
the future either magnetically,
electronically, or on paper.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
21 Combined 1 Required for the Combined
Federal/State Federal/State Filing Program.
Filer Enter "1" (one) if participating
in the Combined Federal/State
Filing Program, otherwise, enter
blank. Refer to Part A, Sec. 16,
for further information. Forms
1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,
1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed
under this program.
_________________________________________________________________
22 Type of 1 Required. Enter the appropriate
Return code from the table below:
Type of Return Code
1098 3
1099-A 4
1099-B B
1099-C 5
1099-DIV 1
1099-G F
1099-INT 6
1099-MISC A
1099-OID D
1099-PATR 7
1099-R 9
1099-S S
5498 L
W-2G W
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
23-31 Amount 9 Required. Enter the appropriate
Codes amount code for the type of
(See Note) return being reported.
Generally, for each amount code
entered in this field, a
corresponding payment amount
must appear in the Payee "B"
Record. In most cases, the box
numbers on paper information
returns correspond with the
amount codes used to file
magnetically/electronically.
However, if discrepancies occur,
this revenue procedure governs.
Example of Amount Codes:
If position 22 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record is
"A" (for 1099-MISC) and positions 23-31 are
"1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the
designated positions. Do not enter the letter 'b'.),
this indicates the payer is reporting any or all four
payment amounts (1247) in all of the following "B"
Records.
The first payment amount field in the "B" Record
will represent rents;
the second will represent royalties;
the third will be all "0" (zeros);
the fourth will represent federal income tax withheld;
the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);
the seventh will represent nonemployee compensation;
and
the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).
Enter the amount codes in ascending sequence (i.e.,
1247bbbbb, In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the
designated positions. Do not enter the letter 'b'.),
left justify information, and fill unused positions
with blanks. For further clarification of the amount
codes, contact IRS/MCC.
Note: A type of return and an amount code must be present in
every Payer "A" Record even if no money amounts are being
reported. For a detailed explanation of the information to be
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes
(Cont.)
reported in each amount code, refer to the 1995 "Instructions for
Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".
Amount Codes For Reporting Mortgage Interest
Form 1098 - Received From Payers/
Mortgage Interest Borrowers (Payer of Record)
Statement on Form 1098:
Amount
Code Amount Type
1 Mortgage interest
received from
payers/borrowers
2 Points paid on
purchase of principal
residence
3 Refund of overpaid
interest
Amount Codes For Reporting the Acquisition or
Form 1099-A - Abandonment of Secured Property
Acquisition or on Form 1099-A:
Abandonment of Amount
Secured Property Code Amount Type
(See Note 1) 2 Balance of principal
outstanding
4 Fair market value of
property (See Note 2)
Note 1: If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in
connection with the acquisition or abandonment of secured
property and the filer would be required to file both Forms
1099-A and 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, the filer is required to
file Form 1099-C only. See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms
1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on
Coordination with Form 1099-C.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes
Form 1099-A-cont'd.
Note 2: Amounts previously reported under Amount Code 3, "Gross
foreclosure proceeds", are now reported under Amount Code 4,
which has been changed from "Appraisal value" to "Fair market
value of property". See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099,
1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-B - 1099-B:
Proceeds From Amount
Broker and Code Amount Type
Barter Exchange 2 Stocks, bonds, etc.
Transactions (For forward contracts,
See Note 1)
3 Bartering (Do not
report negative
amounts.)
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding) (Do not
report negative amounts.)
6 Profit or loss
realized on Regulated
Futures Contracts in 1995.
(See Note 2)
7 Unrealized profit or
loss on open contracts -
12/31/94. (See Note 2)
8 Unrealized profit or
loss on open contracts -
12/31/95. (See Note 2)
9 Aggregate profit or
loss. (See Note 2)
Note 1: The payment amount field associated with Amount Code 2
may be used to represent a loss from a closing transaction on a
Forward Contract. Refer to the "B" Record - General Field
Descriptions, Payment Amount Fields, for instructions on
reporting negative amounts.
Note 2: Payment Amount Fields 6, 7, 8, and 9 are to be used for
the reporting of Regulated Futures Contracts.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Cancellation of
Form 1099-C - Debt on Form 1099-C:
Cancellation of Debt
(See Note 1) Amount
Code Amount Type
2 Amount of debt canceled
(See Note 2)
3 Interest included in
Amount Code 2
4 Penalties, fines, or
administrative costs
included in Amount Code 2
7 Fair market value of
property (See Note 3)
Note 1: If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in
connection with the acquisition or abandonment of secured
property and the filer would be required to file both Forms 1099-
C and 1099-A, Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property, the
filer is required to file Form 1099-C only. See the 1995
"Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further
information on Coordination with Form 1099-A.
Note 2: A debt is any amount owed to the debtor including
principal, interest, penalties, administrative costs, and fines,
to the extent they are indebtedness under section 61(a)(12). The
amount of debt discharged or canceled may be all or only part of
the total amount owed. See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms
1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information.
Note 3: Amount Code 7 will be used only if a combined Form
1099-A and 1099-C is being filed. See the 1995 "Instructions for
Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on
reporting the fair market value of property and Coordination with
Form 1099-A.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on
Form 1099-DIV - Form 1099-DIV:
Dividends and Amount
Distributions Code Amount Type
1 Gross dividends and other
distributions on stock
(See Note)
2 Ordinary dividends (See
Note)
3 Capital gain distributions
(See Note)
4 Nontaxable distributions
(if determinable) (See
Note)
5 Investment expenses (See
Note)
6 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
7 Foreign tax paid
8 Cash liquidation
distributions
9 Noncash liquidation
distributions (show
fair market value)
Note: Amount Code 1 must be present (unless the payer is using
Amount Codes 8 or 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts
reported for Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present
for Amount Code 1, there must be an amount present for Amount
Codes 2-5 as applicable.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
1099-G - 1099-G:
Certain Government Amount
Payments Code Amount Type
1 Unemployment compensation
2 State or local income tax
refunds, credits, or
offsets
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
6 Taxable grants
7 Agriculture payments
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-INT - 1099-INT:
Interest Income Amount
Code Amount Type
1 Interest income not
included in Amount Code 3
2 Early withdrawal penalty
3 Interest on U.S. Savings
Bonds and Treasury
obligations
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
5 Foreign tax paid
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-MISC - 1099-MISC:
Miscellaneous Amount
Income Code Amount Type
1 Rents (See Note 1)
2 Royalties (See Note 2)
3 Other income
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding and
withholding on payments of
Indian gaming profits)
5 Fishing boat proceeds
6 Medical and health care
payments
7 Nonemployed compensation
or crop insurance proceeds
(See Note 3)
8 Substitute payments in
lieu of dividends or
interest
9 Excess golden parachute
payments
(FILERS SEE NOTE 4)
Note 1: If reporting the Direct Sales Indicator only, use Type
of Return Code A for 1099-MISC in position 22, and Amount Code 1
in position 23 of the Payer "A" record. All payment amount
fields in the Payee "B" record will contain zeros.
Note 2: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut"
contract; these should be reported on Form 1099-S.
Note 3: Amount Code 7 is normally used to report nonemployed
compensation. However, Amount code 7 may also be used to report
crop insurance proceeds. See positions 4-5 of the "B" Record for
instructions. If nonemployed compensation and crop insurance
proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B" Record
for each transaction is required.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note 4: For the convenience of the payer, the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record may be used to report state
and local income tax withheld. This information does not need to
be reported to IRS.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-OID - 1099-OID:
Original Issue Amount
Discount Code Amount Type
1 Original issue
discount for 1995
2 Other periodic interest
3 Early withdrawal penalty
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-PATR - 1099-PATR:
Taxable Amount
Distributions Code Amount Type
Received From 1 Patronage dividends
Cooperatives 2 Nonpatronage distributions
3 Per-unit retain
allocations
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
5 Redemption of nonqualified
notices and retain
allocations
Pass-Through Credits (see
Note)
6 For filer's use
7 Energy investment credit
8 Jobs credit
9 Patron's Alternative
Minimum Tax Adjustment
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes
Form 1099-PATR
(Cont,)
Note: Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and 9 are reserved for the patron's
share of unused credits that the cooperative is passing through
to the patron. Other credits, such as the Indian employment
credit may be reported in Amount Code 6. The title of the credit
reported in Amount Code 6 should be reported in the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record. The amounts shown for
Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and 9 must be reported to the payee. These
Amount Codes for Pass-Through Credits and the Special Data
Entries Field are for the convenience of the filer. This
information is not needed by IRS/MCC.
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-R - 1099-R:
Distributions From Amount
Pensions, Annuities, Code Amount Type
Retirement or Profit- 1 Gross distribution (See
Sharing Plans, IRAs, Note 2)
Insurance Contracts, etc. 2 Taxable amount (See Note
(See Note 1) 3) or IRA/SEP Distribution
3 Capital gain (included in
Amount Code 2)
4 Federal income tax
withheld (See Note 4)
5 Employee contributions or
insurance premiums
6 Net unrealized
appreciation in
employer's securities
8 Other
9 Total employee
contribution (See Note 5)
Note 1: Additional information may be required in the "B"
Record. Refer to positions 44 through 48 of the "B" Record.
Note 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total
distribution, enter a "1" (one) in position 47 of the "B" Record.
An amount must be shown in Amount Field 1.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes
Form 1099-R
(Cont.)
Note 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative
amount. For example, if stock is distributed but the value is
less than the employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value
of the stock in Amount Code 1, enter "0" (zero) in Amount Code 2,
and enter the employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.
If the taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1"
(one) in position 48 of the "B" Record. If reporting an IRA/SEP
distribution, generally include the amount of the distribution in
the Taxable Amount (Payment Amount Field 2, positions 61-70) and
enter a "1" (one) in the IRA/SEP Indicator Field (position 44).
A "1" (one) may be entered in the Taxable Amount Not Determined
Indicator Field (position 48) of the Payee "B" Record, but the
amount of the distribution must still be reported in Payment
Amount Fields 1 and 2. See the explanation for Box 2a of Form
1099-R in the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and
W-2G" for more information on reporting the taxable amount.
Note 4: See the l995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498,
and W-2G" for further information concerning federal income tax
withheld for Form 1099-R.
Note 5: Amount Code 9 was previously used to report 'State
income tax withheld'. For the convenience of the payer, state
and local income tax withheld may be reported in the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record. This information does not
need to be reported to IRS.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-S - 1099-S:
Proceeds From Amount
Real Estate Code Amount Type
Transactions 2 Gross proceeds (See Note)
5 Buyer's part of real
estate tax
Note: Include payments of timber royalties made under a "pay-as-
cut" contract, reportable under section 6050N. If timber
royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the description
field of the "B" record. For more information, see Announcement
90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B. 10.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 5498 - 5498:
Individual Amount
Retirement Code Amount Type
Arrangement 1 Regular IRA contributions
Information made in 1995 and 1996 for
(See Note) 1995.
2 Rollover IRA contributions
3 Life insurance cost
included in Amount Code 1
4 Fair market value of the
account
Note: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to the
1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" Rev.
Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be
given in the Payee Name Line Field of the "B" Record.
If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Storm/Shield
participant for other than 1994, enter "DS", the year for which
the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in
the Special Data Entries Field of the "B" Record. Do not enter
the contributions in Amount Code 1.
For information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert
Storm/Shield participant reporting, refer to the 1994
"Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G", and Notice
91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form W-2G - W-2G:
Certain Gambling Amount
Winnings Code Amount Type
1 Gross winnings
2 Federal income tax
withheld
3 State income tax withheld
(See Note)
7 Winnings from identical
wagers
Note: State income tax withheld is added for the convenience of
the payer but need not be reported to IRS/MCC.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
________________________________________________________________
32 Test Indicator 1 Required. Enter "T" if this is a
test file, otherwise enter a
blank.
_________________________________________________________________
33 Service 1 Enter "1" (one) if a service
Bureau was used to develop and/or
Indicator transmit files, otherwise, enter
blank. See Part A, Sec. 17 for
the definition of service bureau.
_________________________________________________________________
34-41 Blank 8 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
42-43 Magnetic Tape 2 Required for magnetic tape/tape
Filer cartridge filers only. Enter
Indicator the letters "LS" (in uppercase
only). Use of this field by
filers using other types of media
will be acceptable but is not
required.
_________________________________________________________________
44-48 Transmitter 5 Required. Enter the five
Control Code character alpha/numeric
(TCC) Transmitter Control Code
assigned by IRS/MCC. A TCC must
be obtained to file data on this
program. Do not enter more than
one TCC per file.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
________________________________________________________________
49 Foreign 1 Enter a "1" (one) if the payer
Entity is a foreign entity and income
Indicator is paid by the corporation to a
U.S. resident. If the payer is
not a foreign entity, enter a
blank. (See Note)
Note: If payers erroneously report entities as foreign, they may
be subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to
IRS. Therefore, payers must be sure to code only those records
as foreign entities that should be coded.
________________________________________________________________
50-89 First 40 Required. Enter the name of
Payer Name the payer whose TIN appears in
Line positions 7-15 of the "A" Record.
Any extraneous information must
be deleted. Left justify
information, and fill unused
positions with blanks. (Filers
should not enter a transfer
agent's name in this field. Any
transfer agent's name should
appear in the Second Payer Name
Line Field.)
Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the
"A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the
interest/the filer of Form 1098 (the payer). The "B" Record will
reflect the individual paying the interest (the payer of record)
and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will
reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction (the
filer of Form 1099-S) and the "B" Record will reflect the
seller/transferor.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
90-129 Second 40 If the Transfer (or Paying) Agent
Payer Name Indicator (position 130) contains
Line a "1" (one), this field must
contain the name of the transfer
(or paying) agent. If the
indicator contains a "0" (zero),
this field may contain either a
continuation of the First Payer
Name Line or blanks. Left
justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
130 Transfer 1 Required. Identifies the entity
Agent in the Second Payer Name Line
Indicator Field.(See Part A, Sec. 17 for
a definition of transfer agent.)
Code Meaning
1 The entity in the
Second Payer Name
Line Field is the
transfer (or paying)
agent.
0 (zero) The entity shown is
not the transfer (or
paying) agent (i.e.,
the Second Payer Name
Line Field contains
either a continuation
of the First Payer
Name Line Field or
blanks).
_________________________________________________________________
131-170 Payer 40 Required. If the Transfer Agent
Shipping Indicator in position 130 is a
Address "1" (one), enter the shipping
address of the transfer (or
paying) agent. Otherwise, enter
the actual shipping address of
the payer. The street address
should include number, street,
apartment or suite number (or P.
O. Box if mail is not delivered
to street address). Left justify
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Payer Shipping information, and fill unused
Address (Cont.) positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
171-210 Payer City, 40 Required. If the Transfer Agent
State, and Indicator in position 130 is a
ZIP Code "1" (one), enter the city, town,
or post office,state abbreviation
and ZIP Code of the transfer
agent. Otherwise, enter the
city, town, or post office, state
and ZIP Code of the payer. Left
justify information, and fill
unused positions with blanks.
________________________________________________________________
211-290 Transmitter 80 Required if the payer and
Name transmitter are not the same.
Enter the name of the transmitter
in the manner in which it is used
in normal business. The name of
the transmitter must be reported
in the same manner throughout the
entire file. Left justify
information, and fill unused
positions with blanks. If the
payer and transmitter are the
same, this field may be blank.
_________________________________________________________________
291-330 Transmitter 40 Required if the payer and
Mailing transmitter are not the same.
Address Enter the mailing address of the
transmitter. Street address
should include number, street,
apartment or suite number (or P.
O. Box if mail is not delivered
to street address). Left justify
information, and fill unused
positions with blanks. If the
payer and transmitter are the
same, this field may be blank.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
331-370 Transmitter 40 Required if the payer and
City, State transmitter are not the same.
and ZIP Code Enter the city, town, or post
office, state and ZIP Code of
the transmitter. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. If the
payer and transmitter are the
same, this field may be blank.
_______________________________________________________________
371-418 Blank 48 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 Blank 2 Enter blanks or Carriage
Return/Line Feed (CR/LF).
_________________________________________________________________
SECTION 6. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : PAYMENT : REEL : PAYER'S : PAYER : LAST :
: TYPE : YEAR : SEQUENCE : TIN* : NAME : FILING :
: : : NUMBER : : CONTROL* : INDICATOR :
:________:_________:__________:_________:__________:___________:
1 2-3 4-6 7-15 16-19 20
______________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: COMBINED : TYPE : AMOUNT : TEST : SERVICE :
: FEDERAL/STATE : OF : CODES : INDICATOR : BUREAU :
: FILER : RETURN : : : INDICATOR :
:______________ :________:____________:____________:___________:
21 22 23-31 32 33
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: BLANK : MAGNETIC : TRANSMITTER : FOREIGN : FIRST : SECOND:
: : TAPE : CONTROL : ENTITY : PAYER : PAYER :
: : FILER : CODE : INDICATOR : NAME : NAME :
: : INDICATOR : : : LINE* : LINE* :
:_______:___________:_____________:_____________:_______:_______:
34-41 42-43 44-48 49 50-89 90-129
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: TRANSFER : PAYER : PAYER CITY : TRANSMITTER : TRANSMITTER :
: AGENT : SHIPPING : STATE AND : NAME : MAILING :
: INDICATOR : ADDRESS* : ZIP CODE* : : ADDRESS :
:___________:__________:____________:_____________:_____________:
130 131-170 171-210 211-290 291-330
_______________________________
: : : :
:TRANSMITTER : BLANK : BLANK :
:CITY, STATE, : : or :
:AND ZIP CODE : : CR/LF :
:______________:_______:________:
331-370 371-418 419-420
* When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction.
SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUTS
.01 The "B" Record contains the payment information from the information returns. When filing information returns, the format for the "B" Records will remain constant and is a fixed length of 420 positions. The record layout for positions 1 through 321 is the same for all "B" Records. Positions 322 through 420 vary for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G to accommodate variations within these forms.
In the "A" Record, the amount codes that appear in tape or diskette positions 23 through 31 will be left-justified and filled with blanks. In the "B" Record, the filer must allow for all nine Payment Amount Fields. For those fields not used, enter "0's" (zeros). For example, if a payer is reporting on Form 1099-MISC, ENTER "A" in tape position 22 of the "A" Record, Type of Return. If they are reporting payments for Amount Codes 1, 2, 4, and 7, then media positions 23 through 31 of the "A" Record will be "1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b" denotes blanks. Do not enter the letter 'b'.) In the "B" Record:
Positions 51 through 60 for Payment Amount 1 will
represent Rents.
Positions 61-70 for Payment Amount 2 will represent
Royalties.
Positions 71-80 for Payment Amount 3 will be "0's"
(zeros).
Positions 81-90 for Payment Amount 4 will represent
Federal income tax withheld.
Positions 91-110 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be
"0's" (zeros).
Positions 111-120 for Payment Amount 7 will represent
Nonemployed compensation.
Positions 121-140 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be
"0's" (zeros).
.02 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the filer.
.03 If filers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank. Compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the name control:
(a) The surname of the payee whose TIN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, the records have been developed using the first name first, the filer must leave a blank space between the first and last names.
(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.
.04 See Part A, Sec. 14 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).
.05 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments, or for the personal use of the filer. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries Field, therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's option to use the Special Data Entry Field. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.
.06 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to all of the specifications in Part A, Sec. 16 in order to participate in this program. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.
.07 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.
.08 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000 in the payment amount field.
.09 IRS strongly encourages transmitters to review the data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices. Transmitters should be especially careful that the names, TINs, account numbers, types of income, and income amounts are correct.
.10 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest, the filer of the Form 1098 (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099- S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction (the filer of the Form 1099-S) and the "B" record will reflect the seller/transferor.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
Note: For all fields marked Required, the transmitter must
provide the information described under Description and Remarks.
For those fields not marked Required, the transmitter must allow
for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in
the indicated position(s) and for the indicated length. All
records are a fixed length of 420 positions.
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B".
_________________________________________________________________
2-3 Payment Year 2 Required. Enter "95" (unless
reporting prior year data).
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
4-5 Document 2 Required for Forms 1099-G,
Specific/ 1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G. For
Distribution Code all other forms, or if not used,
enter blanks.
Tax Year of For Form 1099-G, use only for
Refund reporting the tax year for
(Form 1099-G which the refund, credit or
only) offset (Amount Code 2) was
issued. Enter in position 4;
position 5 must be blank. If the
refund, credit, or offset is not
attributable to income from a
trade or business, enter the
numeric year from the table below
for which the refund, credit or
offset was issued (e.g., for
1994, enter 4). If the refund,
credit or offset is exclusively
attributable to income from a
trade or business, and is not of
general application, enter the
alpha equivalent of the year from
the table below (e.g., for 1994,
enter D).
Year for Which
Trade/Business
Refund Was
Year for Which Issued
General (Alpha
Refund was Issued Equivalent)
1 A
2 B
3 C
4 D
5 E
6 F
7 G
8 H
9 I
0 J
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Crop Insurance For Form 1099-MISC, Enter "1"
Proceeds (one) in position 4 if the
(Form 1099-MISC payments reported for Amount Code
only) 7 is crop insurance proceeds.
Position 5 will be blank
Distribution For Form 1099-R, enter the
Code appropriate distribution code(s).
(Form 1099-R only) More than one code may apply for
(For a detailed Form 1099-R. If only one code
explanation of the is required, it must be entered
of the distribution in position 4 and position 5 must
codes,see the 1995 be blank. Enter at least one (1)
"Instructions for distribution code. A blank in
Forms 1099, 1098, position 4 is not acceptable.
5498, and W-2G".)
Enter the applicable code from
the table that follows. Position
4 must contain a numeric code in
all cases except when using P, D,
E, F, G, or H. Distribution Code
A, B, or C, when applicable, must
be entered in position 5 with the
applicable numeric code in
position 4.
When using Code P for an IRA
distribution under Section
408(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the filer may also enter
Code 1 if applicable.
Only two numeric combinations are
acceptable, codes 8 and 1, and
codes 8 and 2, on one return.
These two combinations can be
used only if both codes apply to
the distribution being reported.
If more than one numeric code is
applicable to different parts of
a distribution, report two
separate "B" Records.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Form 1099-R Distribution Codes E, F, and H
(Cont.) cannot be used in conjunction
with other codes. Distribution
Code G may be used in conjunction
with Distribution Code 4 only, if
applicable.
Category Code
Early (premature) 1*
distribution, no
known exception
Early (premature) 2*
distribution, exception
applies (as defined in
section 72(q), (t), or
(v) of the Internal
Revenue Code) (other than
disability or death)
Disability 3*
Death (includes payments 4*
to an estate or other
beneficiary)
Prohibited transaction 5*
Section 1035 exchange 6
Normal distribution 7*
Excess contributions plus 8*
earnings/excess deferrals
(and/or earnings)
taxable in 1995
PS 58 costs 9
Excess contributions plus P*
earnings/excess deferrals
taxable in 1994
May be eligible for A
5- or 10-year averaging
May be eligible for death B
benefit exclusion
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Form 1099-R Many be eligible for C
(Cont.) both A and B
Excess contributions plus D*
earnings/excess deferrals
taxable in 1993
Excess annual additions E
under section 415
Charitable gift annuity F
Direct rollover to IRA G
Direct rollover to qualified H
plan or tax-sheltered
annuity
* If reporting an IRA or SEP distribution, code a "1" (one) in
position 44 of the "B" Record.
Type of For Form W-2G, enter the
Wager (Form applicable code in position 4.
W-2G only) Position 5 will be blank.
Category Code
Horse race track (or off- 1
track betting of a
horse track nature)
Dog race track (or off- 2
track betting of a
dog track nature)
Jai-alai 3
State-conducted lottery 4
Keno 5
Bingo 6
Slot machines 7
Any other type of gambling 8
winnings.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
6 2nd TIN 1 For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,
Notice 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID,
and 1099-PATR only.
Enter "2" to indicate
notification by IRS/MCC twice
within three calendar years that
the payee provided an incorrect
name and/or TIN combination,
otherwise, enter a blank.
_________________________________________________________________
7 Corrected 1 Indicate a corrected return.
Return Code Definition
Indicator G If this is a one-
transaction correction or
the first of a two-
transaction correction
C If this is the second
transaction of a two
transaction correction
Blank If this is not a return
being submitted to correct
information already
processed by IRS.
Note: C, G, and non-coded records must be reported using
separate Payer "A" Records. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for
specific instructions on how to file corrected returns.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
8-11 Name Control 4 If determinable, enter the first
four (4) characters of the
surname of the person whose TIN
is being reported in positions
15-23 of the "B" Record,
otherwise, enter blanks. This is
usually the payee. If the name
that corresponds to the TIN is
not included in the first or
second payee name line and the
correct name control is not
provided, a backup withholding
notice may be generated for the
record. Surnames of less than
four (4) characters should be
left-justified, filling the
unused positions with blanks.
Special characters and imbedded
blanks should be removed. In the
case of a business, other than
sole proprietorship, use the
first four significant characters
of the business name. Disregard
the word "the" when it is the
first word of the name, unless
there are only two words in the
name. A dash (-) and an
ampersand (&) are the only
acceptable special characters.
Surname prefixes are considered
part of the surname, e.g., for
Van Elm, the name control would
be VANE.
Note: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters
are allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, or dash), this
information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
The following examples may be helpful to filers in developing the
Name Control:
NAME CONTROL
Individuals:
Jane Brown BROW
John A. Lee *
James P. En, Sr. EN*
John O'Neill ONEI
Mary Van Buren VANB
Juan De Jesus DEJE
Gloria A. El-Roy EL-R
Mr. John Smith SMIT
Joe McCarthy MCCA
Pedro Torres-Lopes TORR
Maria Lopez Moreno** LOPE
Binh To La *
Nhat Thi Pham
Mark D'Allesandro DALL
Corporations:
The First National Bank FIRS
The Hideaway THEH
A & B Cafe A&BC
11TH Street Inc. 11TH
Sole Proprietor:
Mark Hemlock DBA
The Sunshine Club HEML
Partnership:
Robert Aspen and Bess Willow ASPE
Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and
Joyce Spruce et al Ptr FIR*
Estate:
Frank White Estate WHIT
Sheila Blue Estate BLUE
Trusts and Fiduciaries:
Daisy Corporation Employee
Benefit Trust DAIS
Trust FBO The Cherryblossom
Society CHER
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-continued
_________________________________________________________________
NAME CONTROL
Exempt Organization:
Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO LABO
St. Bernard's Methodist
Church Bldg. Fund STBE
* Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters
must be left-justified and blank-filled.
** For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an
individual, derive the name control from the first last name.
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
12 Direct Sales 1 1099 MISC only. Enter a "1"
Indicator (one) to indicate sales of $5,000
or more of consumer products to a
person on a buy/sell, deposit/
commission, or any other
commission basis for resale
anywhere other than in a
permanent retail establishment.
Otherwise, enter a blank.
Note: If reporting direct sales only, use Type of Return A in
position 22, and Amount Code 1 in position 23 of the Payer "A"
record. All payment amount fields in the Payee "B" record will
contain zeros.
_________________________________________________________________
13 Blank 1 Enter blank
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-continued
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
14 Type of 1 This field is used to
TIN identify the Taxpayer
Identification Number (TIN) in
positions 15-23 as either an
Employer Identification Number
(EIN), or a Social Security
Number (SSN). * Enter the
appropriate code from the
following table:
* While not a "Required" field, this information is important for
the correct processing of the payee's TIN.
Type of TIN Type of Account
1 EIN A business,
organization,
sole proprietor
or other entity
2 SSN An individual
Blank N/A If the type of
TIN is not
determinable,
enter a blank.
_________________________________________________________________
15-23 Taxpayer 9 Required. Enter the nine digit
Identification Taxpayer Identification Number
Number of the payee (SSN or EIN). If an
identification number has been
applied for but not received,
enter blanks. Do not enter
hyphens or alpha characters. All
zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have
the effect of an incorrect TIN.
If the TIN is not available,
enter blanks.
(See NOTE)
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-continued
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Taxpayer Identification
Number (Cont.)
Note: IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with
missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers
who submit data with missing TINs, and have taken the required
steps to obtain this information are encouraged to attach a
letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will
prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC. This letter,
however, will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 or
CP2100A) or penalties (refer to 1995 "Instructions for Forms 109,
1098, 5498 and W-2G, Penalty Section) for missing or incorrect
TINs.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
24-43 Payer's 20 Enter any number assigned by the
Account payer to the payee (e.g.,
Number checking or savings account
For number). Filers are encouraged
Payee to use this field. This number
helps to distinguish individual
payee records and should be
unique for each document. Do not
use the payee's TIN since this
will not make each record unique.
This information is particularly
useful when corrections are
filed. This number will be
provided with the backup
withholding notification and may
be helpful in identifying the
branch or subsidiary reporting
the transaction. Do not define
data in this field in packed
decimal format. If fewer than
twenty characters are used,
filers may either left or right
justify, filling the remaining
positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
44 IRA/SEP 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter "1"
Indicator (one) if reporting a distribution
(See Note) from an IRA or SEP; otherwise,
enter a blank.
Note: Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA
or SEP in Payment Amount Field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as
Payment Amount Field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record.
Filers may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by
using the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 48)
of the "B" Record. However, still report the amount distributed
in Payment Amount Fields 1 and 2. Refer to the 1995
"Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G" for
exceptions.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
45-46 Percentage 2 Form 1099-R only. Use this field
of Total when reporting a total
Distribution distribution to more than one
person, such as when a
participant dies and a payer
distributes to two or more
beneficiaries. Therefore, if the
percentage is 100, leave this
field blank. If the percentage
is a fraction, round off to the
nearest whole number (for
example, 10.4 percent will be 10
percent; 10.5 percent or more
will be 11 percent). Enter the
percentage received by the person
whose TIN is included in
positions 15-23 of the "B"
Record. This field must be
right-justified, and unused
positions must be zero-filled.
If not applicable, enter blanks.
Filers need not enter this
information for IRA or SEP
distributions or for direct
rollovers.
_________________________________________________________________
47 Total 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"
Distribution (one) only if the payment shown
Indicator for Amount Code 1 is a total
distribution that closed out the
account; otherwise, enter a
blank.
Note: A total distribution is one or more distributions within
one tax year in which the entire balance of the account is
distributed. Any distribution that does not meet this definition
is not a total distribution.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
48 Taxable Amount 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"
Not Determined (one) only if the taxable amount
Indicator of the payment entered for
Payment Amount Field 1 (Gross
Distribution) of the "B" Record
cannot be computed, otherwise,
enter blank. If Taxable Amount
Not Determined Indicator is used,
enter "0's" (zeros) in Payment
Amount Field 2 of the Payee "B"
Record unless the IRA/SEP
Indicator is present. (See Note)
Please make every effort to
compute the taxable amount.
Note: If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, the
Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator may be used; but, it is
not required. If the IRA/SEP Indicator is present, the amount of
the distribution should be reported in Payment Amount Fields 1
and 2. Refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,
5498, and W-2G" for more information.
Filers are instructed to enter numeric information in all
payment fields when filing magnetically or electronically. However,
when reporting information on the statement to recipient, the payer
may be instructed to leave a box blank. Follow the guidelines
provided in the paper instructions for the statement to recipient.
_________________________________________________________________
49-50 Blank 2 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
Payment Required. Filers should allow
Amount Fields for all payment amounts. For
(Must be those not used, enter zeros. For
numeric) example: If position 22, Type of
Return, of the "A" Record is "A"
(for 1099-MISC) and positions
23-31, Amount Codes, are
"1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b"
denotes blanks in the desigated
positions. Do not enter the
Letter 'b'.) this indicates the
payer is reporting any or all
four payment amounts (1247) in
all of the following "B" Records.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Payment Payment Amount 1 will represent
Amount Fields rents; Payment Amount 2 will
(Cont.) represent royalties; Payment
Amount 3 will be all "0's"
(zeros); Payment Amount 4 will
represent Federal income tax
withheld; Payment Amounts 5 and
6 will be all "0's" (zeros);
Payment amount 7 will represent
nonemployed compensation, and
Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be
all "0's" (zeros).
Each payment field must contain
10 numeric characters (see Note).
Each payment amount must be
entered in U.S. dollars and
cents. The right-most two
positions represent cents in the
payment amount fields. Do not
enter dollar signs, commas,
decimal points or negative
payments, except those items that
reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.
Positive and negative amounts are
indicated by placing a "+" (plus)
or "-" (minus sign) in the left-
most position of the payment
amount field. A negative
overpunch in the units position
may be used, instead of a minus
sign, to indicate a negative
amount. If a plus sign, minus
sign, or negative overpunch is
not used, the number is assumed
to be positive.
Negative overpunch cannot be used
in PC created files.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Payment Payment amounts must be right
Amount Fields justified and unused
(Cont.) positions must be zero-filled.
Federal income tax withheld
cannot be reported as a negative
amount on any form.
Note: If a payer is reporting a money amount in excess of
9999999999 (dollars and cents), it must be reported as
follows:
(1) The first Payee "B" Record MUST contain 9999999999.
(2) The second Payee "B" Record will contain the remaining
money amount.
DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN HALF.
_________________________________________________________________
51-60 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 1* represents payments for Amount
Code 1 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
61-70 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 2* represents payments for Amount
Code 2 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
71-80 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 3* represents payments for Amount
Code 3 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
81-90 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 4* represents payments for Amount
Code 4 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
91-100 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 5* represents payments for Amount
Code 5 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
101-110 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 6* represents payments for Amount
Code 6 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
111-120 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 7* represents payments for Amount
Code 7 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
121-130 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 8* represents payments for Amount
Code 8 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
131-140 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 9* represents payments for Amount
Code 9 in the "A" Record.
* If there are discrepancies between the payment amount fields
and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this
revenue procedure govern.
_________________________________________________________________
141-160 Blank 20 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
161 Foreign 1 If the address of the payee is in
Country a foreign country, enter a "1"
Indicator (one) in this field, otherwise,
enter blank. When filers use
this indicator, they may use a
free format for the payee city,
state and ZIP Code. Address
information must not appear in
the First or Second Payee Name
Line.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
162-201 First Payee 40 Required. Enter the name of the
Name Line payee (preferably surname first)
whose Taxpayer Identification
Number (TIN) was provided in
positions 15-23 of the "B"
Record. Left justify and fill
unused positions with blanks. If
more space is required for the
name, utilize the Second Payee
Name Line Field. If there are
multiple payees, only the name of
the payee whose TIN has been
provided should be entered in
this field. The names of the
other payees may be entered in
the Second Payee Name Line Field.
If reporting information for a
sole proprietor, the individual's
name must always be present,
preferably on the First Payee
Name Line. The use of the
business name is optional in the
Second Payee Name Line.
Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the
"A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest
(the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying
the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.
For Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/
transferor information.
For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name
followed by the word "beneficiary". For example, "Brian Young as
beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies
that the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. Filers may abbreviate
the word "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef". Refer to the
1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G". The
beneficiary's TIN should be reported in positions 15-23 of the
"B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
202-241 Second Payee 40 If there are multiple payees,
Name Line (e.g., partners, joint owners, or
spouses), use this field for
those names not associated with
the TIN provided in position 15-
23 of the "B" Record or if not
enough space was provided in the
First Payee Name Line continue
the name in this field. Do not
enter address information. It is
important that filers provide as
much payee information to IRS/MCC
as possible to identify the payee
assigned the TIN. Left justify
and fill unused positions with
blanks. Fill with blanks if no
entries are present for this
field.
_________________________________________________________________
242-281 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P.O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This
field must not contain any data
other than the payee's mailing
address.
_________________________________________________________________
For U.S. addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be
reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator in position 161
must contain a "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
282-310 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town
or post office. Left justify
information and fill the unused
positions with blanks. Enter APO
or FPO if applicable. Do not
enter state and ZIP Code
information in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
311-312 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service state
abbreviations for states or the
appropriate postal identifier
(AA, AE, or AP) described in Part
A, Sec. 18.
_________________________________________________________________
313-321 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine
Code digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only the
first five digits are known, left
justify information and fill the
unused positions with blanks.
For foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as long
as the filer has entered a "1"
(one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator Field, located in
position 161 of the "B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
STANDARD PAYEE "B" RECORD FORMAT FOR
ALL TYPES OF RETURNS UP TO POSITION 321
____________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: RECORD : PAYMENT : DOCUMENT : 2ND : CORRECTED :
: TYPE : YEAR : SPECIFIC/ : TIN : RETURN :
: : : DISTRIBUTION : NOTICE : INDICATOR :
: : : CODE : (OPTIONAL) : :
:________:_________:______________:______________:___________:
1 2-3 4-5 6 7
______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: NAME : DIRECT : BLANK : TYPE : TAXPAYER : PAYER'S :
: CONTROL : SALES : : OF : IDENTIFICATION: ACCOUNT :
: :INDICATOR: : TIN : NUMBER : NUMBER :
: : : : : : FOR PAYEE:
:__________:_________:_______:______:_______________:__________:
8-11 12 13 14 15-23 24-43
______________________________________________________________
: : : : TAXABLE : :
: IRA/SEP : PERCENTAGE : TOTAL : AMT NOT : BLANK :
: INDICATOR : OF TOTAL : DISTRIBUTION : DETERMINED : :
: : DISTRIBUTION : INDICATOR : INDICATOR : :
:___________:______________:______________:____________:_______:
44 45-46 47 48 49-50
_____________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT :
: AMOUNT 1: AMOUNT 2 : AMOUNT 3 : AMOUNT 4 : AMOUNT 5 :
:_________:__________:__________:__________:__________:
51-60 61-70 71-80 81-90 91-100
___________________________________________
: : : : :
: PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT :
: AMOUNT 6 : AMOUNT 7 : AMOUNT 8 : AMOUNT 9 :
:__________:__________:__________:__________:
101-110 111-120 121-130 131-140
________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: : FOREIGN : FIRST : SECOND : PAYEE :
: BLANK : COUNTRY : PAYEE NAME : PAYEE NAME : MAILING :
: : INDICATOR : LINE : LINE : ADDRESS :
:_______:___________:____________:____________:__________:
141-160 161 162-201 202-241 242-281
________________________
: : : :
: : : PAYEE :
: PAYEE : PAYEE : ZIP :
: CITY : STATE : CODE :
: : : :
:_______:________:_______:
282-310 311-312 313-321
The following sections define the field positions for the different types of returns in the Payee "B" Record (positions 322-420):
(l) Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,
1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498
(2) Form 1099-A
(3) Form 1099-B
(4) Form 1099-C
(5) Form 1099-OID
(6) Form 1099-S
(7) Form W-2G
(1) FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R and 5498
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
322-349 Blank 28 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
350-416 Special Data 67 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
417-418 Combined 2 If this payee record is to be
Federal/ forwarded to a state agency as
State Code part of the Combined Federal/
State Filing Program, enter the
valid state code from Part A,
Sec. 16, Table 1. For those
payers or states not
participating in this program or
for forms not valid for state
reporting, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 Blank 2 Enter blanks, or carriage return/
line feed (cr/lf) characters.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420
FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,
1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498
____________________________________
: : : : :
: : SPECIAL : COMBINED : :
: BLANK : DATA : FEDERAL/ : BLANK :
: : ENTRIES : STATE : OR :
: : : CODE : CR/LF :
:_______:_________:__________:_______:
322-349 350-416 417-418 419-420
_________________________________________________________________
(2) PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM
1099-A
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
322-349 Blank 28 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
350-370 Special Data 21 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for the filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
371-376 Date of 6 Form 1099-A only.
Lender`s Payers should enter the
Acquisition or acquisition date of the secured
Knowledge of property or the date they
Abandonment first knew or had reason to know
the property was abandoned, in
the format MMDDYY (i.e., 102295).
Do not enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
377 Liability 1 Form 1099-A only. Enter the
Indicator appropriate indicator from the
table below:
Indicator Usage
1 Borrower was
personally liable for
repayment of the debt.
Blank Borrower was not
liable for repayment
debt.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-A
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
378-416 Description 39 Form 1099-A only. Enter a brief
of Property description of the property. For
real property, enter the address,
or if the address does not
sufficiently identify the
property, enter the section, lot
and block. For personal
property, enter the type, make
and model (e.g., Car-1994 Buick
Regal or office equipment).
Enter "CCC" for crops forfeited
on Commodity Credit Corporation
loans. If fewer than 39
positions are required, left
justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
417-418 Blank 2 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 Blank 2 Enter blanks, or carriage
return/line feed (cr/lf)
characters.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420
FORM 1099-A
___________________________________________________________________
: : : DATE OF : : : :BLANK :
: :SPECIAL: LENDER'S :LIABILITY:DESCRIPTION: : OR :
:BLANK : DATA : ACQUISITION :INDICATOR:OF PROPERTY: BLANK :CR/LF :
: :ENTRIES:OR ABANDONMENT: : : : :
:______:_______:______________:_________:___________:_______:_______:
322-349 350-370 371-376 377 378-416 417-418 419-420
(3) PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITION 322-420
FORM 1099-B
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
322-349 Blank 28 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
350-359 Special Data 10 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for the filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
360 Gross 1 Form 1099-B only. Enter the
Proceeds appropriate indicator from
Indicator the following table, otherwise,
enter blanks.
Indicator Usage
1 Gross proceeds
2 Gross proceeds less
commissions and
option premiums
_________________________________________________________________
361-366 Date of 6 Form 1099-B only. For broker
Sale transactions, enter the trade
date of the transaction. For
barter exchanges, enter the date
when cash, property, a credit, or
scrip is actually or
constructively received in the
format MMDDYY (e.g., 102195).
Enter blanks if this is an
aggregate transaction. Do not
enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
367-379 CUSIP Number 13 Form 1099-B only. For broker
transactions only, enter the
CUSIP (Committee on Uniform
Security Identification
Procedures) number of the item
reported for Amount Code 2
(stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter
blanks if this is an aggregate
transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)
if the number is not available.
Right justify information and
fill unused positions with
blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
380-418 Description 39 Form 1099-B only. Enter a brief
description of the item or
services or property for which
the proceeds or bartering is
being reported. If fewer than 39
characters are required, left
justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
For broker transactions, enter a
brief description of the
disposition item (e.g., 100
shares of XYZ Corp.). For
regulated futures and forward
contracts, enter "RFC" or other
appropriate descriptions and
any amount subject to backup
withholding. For bartering
transactions, show the services
or property provided.
Note: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included
in Amount Code 4.
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 Blank 2 Enter blanks, or carriage return/
line feed (cr/lf) characters.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420
FORM 1099-B
___________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: BLANK : SPECIAL : GROSS : DATE OF : CUSIP : DESCRIPTION :
: : DATA :PROCEEDS : SALE :NUMBER : :
: : ENTRIES :INDICATOR: : : :
:_______:_________:_________:_________:_______:_____________:
322-349 350-359 360 361-366 367-379 380-418
________
: :
: BLANK :
: OR :
: CR/LF :
:________:
419-420
_________________________________________________________________
(4) PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM
1099-C
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
322-349 Blank 28 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
350-370 Special Data 21 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
371-376 Date 6 Form 1099-C only. Payers should
Canceled enter the date when the debt was
canceled in the format of MMDDYY
(i.e., 102295). Do not enter
hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-C
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
377 Bankruptcy 1 Form 1099-C only. Enter "1"
Indicator (one) to indicate the debt was
discharged in bankruptcy.
Indicator Usage
1 Debt was discharged
in bankruptcy.
Blank Debt was not
discharged in
bankruptcy.
_________________________________________________________________
378-416 Debt 39 Form 1099-C only. Enter a
Description description of the origin of
debt, such as student loan,
mortgage, or credit card
expenditure. If a combined Form
1099-C and 1099-A is also being
filed, also enter a description
of the property.
_________________________________________________________________
417-418 Blank 2 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 2 Enter blanks, or carriage
return/line feed (cr/lf).
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-422 FORM 1099-C
_________________________________________________________________
: : SPECIAL : DATE : BANKRUPTCY : DEBT :
: BLANK : DATA : CANCELED : INDICATOR : DESCRIPTION :
: : ENTRIES : : : :
_________________________________________________________________
322-349 350-370 371-376 377 378-416
___________________
: : BLANK :
: BLANK : OR :
: : CR/LF :
___________________
417 419-420
(5) PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITION 322-420
FORM 1099-OID
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
322-349 Blank 28 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
350-377 Special Data 28 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not used, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
378-416 Description 39 Required 1099-OID only. Enter
the CUSIP number, if any. If
there is no CUSIP number, enter
the abbreviation for the stock
exchange and issuer, the coupon
rate and year of maturity (e.g.,
NYSE XYZ 12 1/2 95). Show the
name of the issuer if other than
the payer. If fewer than 39
characters are required, left
justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-OID
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
417-418 Combined 2 If a payee record is to be
Federal/ forwarded to a state agency as
State Code part of the Combined Federal/
State Filing Program, enter the
valid state code from Part A,
Sec. 16, Table l. For those
payers or states not
participating in this program and
for forms not valid for state
reporting, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 Blank 2 Enter blanks or carriage return/
line feed (cr/lf) characters.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-OID
____________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: : SPECIAL : : COMBINED : BLANK :
: BLANK : DATA : DESCRIPTION : FEDERAL/ : OR :
: : ENTRIES : : STATE CODE : CR/LF :
:_______:_________:_____________:____________:_______:
322-349 350-377 378-416 417-418 419-420
(6) PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420
FORM 1099-S
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
322-349 Blank 28 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-S
_________________________________________________________________
350-372 Special Data 23 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
373-378 Date of 6 Required Form 1099-S only. Enter
Closing the closing date in the format
MMDDYY (e.g., 102295). Do not
enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
379-417 Address or 39 Required Form 1099-S only. Enter
Legal the address of the property
Description transferred (including city,
state, and ZIP Code). If the
address does not sufficiently
identify the property, also enter
a legal description, such as
section, lot, and block. For
timber royalties, enter "TIMBER".
If fewer than 39 positions are
required, left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-S
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
418 Property or 1 Required Form 1099-S only. Enter
Services "1" (one) if the transferor
To Be Received received or will receive property
(other than cash and
consideration treated as cash in
computing gross proceeds) or
services as part of the
consideration for the property
transferred. Otherwise, enter a
blank.
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 Blank 2 Enter blanks or carriage return/
line feed (cr/lf) characters.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-S
____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: : SPECIAL : : ADDRESS : PROPERTY : BLANK :
: BLANK : DATA : DATE OF : OR : OR : OR :
: : ENTRIES : CLOSING : LEGAL : SERVICES : CR/LF :
: : : : DESCRIPTION : RECEIVED : :
:_______:_________:_________:_____________:__________:_______:
322-349 350-372 373-378 379-417 418 419-420
When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor information.
(7) PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420
FORM W-2G
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
322-352 Blank 31 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
353-358 Date Won 6 Required Form W-2G only. Enter
the date of the winning event in
the format MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).
Do not enter hyphens or slashes.
This is not the date the money
was paid, if paid after the date
of the race (or game).
_________________________________________________________________
359-373 Transaction 15 Required Form W-2G only. For
state-conducted lotteries, enter
the ticket or other identifying
number. For keno, bingo, and
slot machines, enter the ticket
or card number (and color, if
applicable), machine serial
number, or any other information
that will help identify the
winning transaction. All others,
enter blanks.
________________________________________________________________
374-378 Race 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter the race (or game) relating
to the winning ticket. Otherwise,
enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
379-383 Cashier 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter the initials of the cashier
making the winning payment;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM W-2G
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
384-388 Window 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter the window number or
location of the person paying the
winnings; otherwise, enter
blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
389-403 First ID 15 Form W-2G only. For other than
state lotteries, enter the first
identification number of the
person receiving the winnings;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
404-418 Second ID 15 Form W-2G only. For other than
state lotteries, enter the second
identification number of the
person receiving the winnings;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 Blank 2 Enter blanks, or carriage
return/line feed (cr/lf)
characters.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM W-2G
_____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: : : : : : : FIRST :
: BLANK: DATE WON : TRANS- : RACE : CASHIER : WINDOW : ID :
: : : ACTION : : : : :
:______:__________:________:______:_________:________:________:
322-352 353-358 359-373 374-378 379-383 384-388 389-403
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420
FORM W-2G (continued)
________________
: : :
: SECOND : BLANK :
: ID : OR :
: : CR/LF :
:________:_______:
404-418 419-420
SECTION 8. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The End of Payer "C" Record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The control total fields are each 15 positions in length.
.02 The "C" Record consists of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.
.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 26-40, 56-85, and 101-145 would be zero filled. Positions 146-420 would be blank filled.
.04 Payers/Transmitters should verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "C"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
2-7 Number of 6 Required. Enter the total number
Payees of "B" Records covered by the
preceding "A" Record. Right
justify and zero fill.
_________________________________________________________________
8-10 Blank 3 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
Required. Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in
the "B" Record into the appropriate control total fields of the
"C" Record. Control totals must be right-justified and unused
control total fields zero-filled. All control total fields are
15 positions in length.
11-25 Control 15
Total 1
26-40 Control 15
Total 2
41-55 Control 15
Total 3
56-70 Control 15
Total 4
71-85 Control 15
Total 5
86-100 Control 15
Total 6
101-115 Control 15
Total 7
116-130 Control 15
Total 8
131-145 Control 15
Total 9
_________________________________________________________________
146-420 Blank 275 Enter blanks. Filers may enter
carriage return/line feed (cr/lf)
characters in positions 419-420.
_________________________________________________________________
END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : NUMBER OF : : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: TYPE : PAYEES : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 : TOTAL 3 :
:________:___________:_______:_________:_________:_________:
1 2-7 8-10 11-25 26-40 41-55
_________________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
:CONTROL: CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : * :
:TOTAL 4: TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : TOTAL 8 : TOTAL 9 :BLANK:
:_______:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_____:
56-70 71-85 86-100 101-115 116-130 131-145 146-420
* Positions 419-420 may be used for carriage return/line feed characters.
SECTION 9. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The state totals "K" record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The control total fields are each 15 positions in length.
.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, used only when state reporting approval has been granted.
.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.
.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.
.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.
.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 16 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file via this program.
RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "K"
_________________________________________________________________
2-7 Number of 6 Required. Enter the total number
Payees of "B" Records being coded for
this state. Right justify and
zero fill.
_________________________________________________________________
8-10 Blank 3 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
Required. Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in
the "B" Records for each state being reported, into the
appropriate control total fields of the appropriate "K" Record.
Control totals must be right-justified, and unused control total
fields zero-filled. All control total fields are 15 positions in
length.
_________________________________________________________________
11-25 Control 15
Total 1
26-40 Control 15
Total 2
41-55 Control 15
Total 3
56-70 Control 15
Total 4
71-85 Control 15
Total 5
86-100 Control 15
Total 6
101-115 Control 15
Total 7
116-130 Control 15
Total 8
131-145 Control 15
Total 9
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
146-416 Blank 271 Reserved for IRS use. Enter
blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
417-418 Combined 2 Required. Enter the code
Federal/ assigned to the state which is to
State Code receive the information. (Refer
to Part A, Sec. 16 Table l.)
_________________________________________________________________
419-420 Blank 2 Enter blanks or carriage
return/line feed (cr/lf)
characters.
_________________________________________________________________
STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : NUMBER OF : : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: TYPE : PAYEES : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 : TOTAL 3 :
:________:___________:_______:_________:_________:_________:
1 2-7 8-10 11-25 26-40 41-55
_____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : TOTAL 8 : TOTAL 9 :
:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:
56-70 71-85 86-100 101-115 116-130 131-145
_________________________________
: : : :
: : COMBINED : BLANK :
: BLANK : FEDERAL/ : OR :
: : STATE CODE : CR/LF :
:__________:____________:_______:
146-416 417-418 419-420
SECTION 10. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The end of transmission "F" record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.
.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.
RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "F"
_________________________________________________________________
2-5 Number of 4 Enter the total number of
"A" Records Payer "A" Records in
the entire file (right justify
and zero fill) or enter all
zeros.
_________________________________________________________________
6-30 Zero 25 Enter zeros
_________________________________________________________________
31-420 Blank 390 Enter blanks. Filers may enter
carriage return/line feed (cr/lf)
characters in positions 419-420.
_________________________________________________________________
END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
______________________________________________
: : : : :
: RECORD : NUMBER OF : : * :
: TYPE : "A" RECORDS : ZEROS : BLANK :
:__________:_______________:_________:_________:
1 2-5 6-30 31-420
* Positions 419-420 may be used for carriage return/line feed characters.
PART C. BISYNCHRONOUS (MAINFRAME) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. GENERAL
.01 Bisynchronous electronic filing of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G information returns is offered as an alternative to magnetic media (tape, tape cartridge, or diskette) or paper filing, but is not a requirement. This method uses IBM 3780 communications protocols and is used primarily by mainframe filers. Electronic filing will fulfill the magnetic media requirements for those payers who are required to file magnetically. It may also be used by payers who are under the filing threshold requirement.
.02 The electronic filing of information returns is not affiliated with the Form 1040 electronic filing program. These two programs are totally independent, and separate approval to participate in each of them must be obtained. All inquiries concerning the electronic filing of information returns should be directed to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC personnel cannot answer questions or assist taxpayers in the filing of Form 1040 tax returns. Filers with questions of this nature will be directed to the Taxpayer Service toll free number (1-800-829-1040) for assistance.
.03 Filers participating in the electronic filing program for information returns will submit their returns to IRS/MCC by way of modems, and not through magnetic media or paper filing.
.04 If a request for extension is approved, transmitters who file electronically will be granted an extension of 30 days to file. Part A, Sec. 11 explains procedures for requesting extensions of time. Filers are encouraged to file their data as soon as possible.
.05 The formats of the "A," "B," "C," "K," and "F" Records are the same for electronically filed records as they are for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, tapes and tape cartridges. For electronically filed documents, each transmission is considered a separate file; therefore, each transmission must have an End of Transmission (EOT) "F" Record.
SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE
.01 Filers must obtain, or already have, a Transmitter Control Code (TCC) assigned to them prior to submitting their files electronically. Refer to Part A, Sec. 7 for information on how to obtain a TCC.
.02 Filers using bisynchronous protocols must obtain an IRS/MCC-assigned password prior to submitting test or actual data files. To obtain a password, the following steps must be taken:
(a) Bisynchronous filers who already have a TCC must submit either Form 4419 or a letter to indicate that they wish to file information returns electronically. Another TCC will not be assigned. If a letter is submitted, it must contain the following:
1) Name and address of transmitter.
2) Transmitter Control Code.
3) Name and phone number of a contact person within the filer's organization to whom a password will be assigned.
(b) Within 30 days of receiving the application or letter, IRS/MCC will send Form 6086, Time Sharing Operation (TSO) Password Assignment, to the filer which will contain the password to be used for electronic submissions.
(c) Upon receipt of Form 6086, the user (person who will actually transmit the data) will separate the acknowledgement from the password. Both the user and the user's manager must sign the acknowledgement and mail to:
Chief, Security and Disclosure Branch
IRS, Martinsburg Computing Center
P.O. Box 1208
Martinsburg, WV 25401
(d) The users or filers should retain a copy of the signed acknowledgement for their records. It is the filer's responsibility to ensure that the password is not compromised. Access to IRS/MCC computers will not be allowed without a valid password. After a password is received and the acknowledgement returned, the filer may submit a data file.
e) For security reasons, all bisynchronous passwords will expire periodically, and a new password will automatically be assigned. If filers have any questions relating to the security procedures, and/or they need to report their password has been compromised, they must contact IRS/MCC as soon as possible at:
IRS/MCC
Information Returns Branch
P. O. Box 1359
Martinsburg, WV 25401
or by calling 1-(304)-263-8700.
.03 It is the user's responsibility to remember the password and not allow the password to be compromised.
SECTION 3. TEST FILES
.01 Filers are not required to submit a test file. The purpose of test files is to resolve any data or communication problems prior to the filing season. If a filer wishes to submit an electronic test file for Tax Year 1995, it must be submitted to IRS/MCC November 1, 1995, through December 31, 1995.
.02 If a filer encounters problems while transmitting electronic test files, IRS/MCC should be contacted for assistance.
.03 A password must be obtained before submitting an electronic test file.
.04 Bisynchronous electronic test files will be processed and filers will be notified as to the acceptability of their data within 5 workdays of the date the data and transmittal Form 4804 are received by IRS/MCC.
SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS
.01 Electronically filed information may be submitted to IRS/MCC 7 days a week, 24 hours a day, except for routine maintenance/backup which is performed at 4:00 a.m. Eastern Time. Technical assistance will be available Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time by calling (304) 263-8700.
.02 Lengthy transmissions (100,000 or more records) are not encouraged since the transmission may be interrupted by line noise problems. It is advisable to break lengthy files into multiple transmissions.
.03 The time required to transmit information returns electronically will vary depending on the modem speed, if IBM 3780 data compression is used, and if the records are blocked. The following transmission rate was based on an actual test file received at MCC using 4800 bps, no compression, and one record per block:
4500 records 50 minutes
SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
.01 All data submitted electronically is verified by transmittal Form 4804. The transmitter must send the signed Form 4804 the same day the transmission is made. No return is considered filed until a Form 4804 is received by IRS/MCC.
.02 Form 4804 can be ordered by calling the IRS toll free forms and publications order number 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800- 829-3676) or it may be computer-generated. If a filer chooses to computer-generate Form 4804, all of the information contained on the original form, including the affidavit, must also be contained on the computer-generated form.
.03 The filer whose TCC is used in the "A" Record is responsible for submitting the transmittal Form 4804.
.04 Forms 4804 may be mailed to the following addresses:
If by Postal Service:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator
P.O. Box 1359
Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359
If by truck or air freight:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator
Route 9 and Needy Road
Martinsburg, WV 25401
.05 A signed Form 4804 submitted for electronically filed information returns may be faxed to IRS/MCC at the following number: (304) 264-5196. Faxed transmittals will allow IRS/MCC to begin processing the file immediately; however, a filer must still send the actual signed Form 4804 the same day as the electronic submission.
SECTION 6. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS
.01 Transmissions using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols must be in EBCDIC character code. Modems must be compatible with either Bell 208B for 4800 bps transmissions, or AT&T 2296A for 9600 bps transmissions. Both modems are dial-up type modems using the Public Switched Telephone Network. IBM 3780 data compression is acceptable for any bisynchronous transmission. Records may be blocked up to 4096 bytes with INTER RECORD SEPARATORS.
.02 IRS/MCC will accept information returns filed electronically over switched telecommunications network circuits. For 4800 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-0807. For 9600 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-9572. Both circuits are equipped for bisynchronous transmission using the IBM 3780 protocol.
.03 The 4800 bps line terminates at a Bell 208B modem. The Bell 208B modem uses phase-shift keying and eight-phase modulation to transmit binary serial data signals over the telephone line in half-duplex mode. The following options have been selected:
- Transmit Level set to -4 dBm
- Compromise Equalizer in (4-Db Slope)
- DSR off in Analog Loop Mode
- Automatic Answer
- Transmitter Internally Timed
- RS-CS Interval of 50 ms
.04 The 9600 bps line terminates at an AT&T Dataphone II 2296A modem. The AT&T 2296A modem is a full-duplex, CCITT V.32 compatible unit which operates at 9600 bps or 4800 bps (fallback). The following options have been selected:
- Receiver Responds to Remote Loopback
- Loss-of-Carrier Disconnect
- Received-Space Disconnect
- Send-Space Disconnect
- Automatic Answer
- Answer on Ring 1
- DTR Interlock
- Retrain Enable
- Internal Timing
- CTS Controlled by RTS
- 0 - 1 ms RTS to CTS Delay
- CTS Dependent on Carrier
- RR Indicates Carrier
- 9600 Trellis Coding
- 4800 bps Fallback
- 4 dB Compromise Equalization
SECTION 7. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
.01 For bisynchronous filing there are two additional identifier records which must be used to transmit data. These records are 420 positions in length and are the first ($$REQUEST) and second ($$ADD) records sent in an electronic transmission. The purpose of these records is to provide the password and identity of the transmitter. The $$REQUEST, $$ADD and the data file should be transmitted as one file. In some cases, filers have attempted to send the $$REQUEST and $$ADD as separate files. Doing this will result in a failed transmission.
.02 With the exception of these additional records, the file format for electronic filing is the same as for magnetic media filing. The format of each of these records is as follows:
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: $$REQUEST
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1-20 $$REQUEST 20 Enter the following
Identifier characters:
Record $$REQUEST ID=MSGFILE
_________________________________________________________________
21-420 Blank 400 Blank
_________________________________________________________________
ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$REQUEST RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
______________________
: : :
: $$REQUEST : :
: IDENTIFIER : BLANK :
: RECORD : :
:____________:_______:
1-20 21-420
.03 Upon making contact with IRS/MCC and furnishing a valid password in the $$ADD identifier record, a data transmission session will commence. The transmission will continue until an End of Transmission (EOT) "F" record is received. At the end of each transmission, the following message should be received electronically by the filer: "DATA RECEIVED AT MCC" and the line will be disconnected. If this message is not received, there was a problem with the submission, and the filer should contact IRS/MCC immediately.
.04 Upon receiving a data file and transmittal Form 4804, IRS/MCC will release the data for further processing. If the media cannot be processed, the filer will be notified by either letter or telephone that the data must be retransmitted. This file name, if necessary, will be provided by IRS/MCC and is to be placed in positions 45-51 of the $$ADD record when the file is retransmitted.
RECORD NAME: $$ADD
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1-9 $$ADD 9 Enter the following
Identifier characters:
Record $$ADD ID=
_________________________________________________________________
10-17 Password 8 Enter the password assigned by
IRS/MCC. For information
concerning the password, see
Part C, Sec. 2.
_________________________________________________________________
18 Blank 1 Enter a blank.
_________________________________________________________________
19-26 BATCHID 8 Enter the following
characters:
BATCHID=
_________________________________________________________________
27 Quote 1 Enter a single quote (').
_________________________________________________________________
28-43 Transmitter 16 Enter the transmitter's name.
Name This name should remain
consistent in all
transmissions. If the
transmitter's name exceeds 16
positions, truncate the name.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: $$ADD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
44 Type of File 1 Enter the Type of File
Indicator Indicator from the list below:
O = Original filing
T = Test File
C = Correction file
R = Replacement file
_________________________________________________________________
45-51 Replacement 7 Use this field only if this is
File Name a replacement file. Enter the
replacement file name which
IRS/MCC has assigned to this
file. This file name will be
provided to the filer in the
letter notifying them that a
replacement file is necessary.
If contact is made by
telephone, the replacement
file name will be given to the
filer by IRS/MCC at that time.
For other than replacement
files, this field will contain
blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
52 Quote 1 Enter a single quote (').
_________________________________________________________________
53-420 Blanks 368 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$ADD RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: $$ADD : : : : : :
: IDENTIFIER : PASSWORD : BLANK : BATCHID : QUOTE : TRANSMITTER :
: RECORD : : : : : NAME :
:____________:__________:_______:_________:_______:_____________:
1-9 10-17 18 19-26 27 28-43
____________________________________________________
: : : : :
: TYPE OF : : : :
: FILE : REPLACEMENT : QUOTE : BLANKS :
: INDICATOR : FILE NAME : : :
:____________:______________:_________:______________:
44 45-51 52 53-420
PART D. ASYNCHRONOUS (IRP-BBS) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. GENERAL
.01 Asynchronous electronic filing of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G, originals, corrections, and replacements of information returns is offered as an alternative to magnetic media (tape, tape cartridge, or diskette) or paper filing, but is not a requirement. Electronic filing using the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) will fulfill the magnetic media requirements for those filers who are required to file magnetically. It may also be used by those payers who are under the filing threshold requirement, but would prefer to file their information returns this way. If the original file was sent magnetically, but was returned for replacement, the replacement may be transmitted electronically. Also, if the original file was submitted via magnetic media, any corrections may be transmitted electronically.
.02 The electronic filing of information returns is not affiliated with the Form 1040 electronic filing program. These two programs are totally independent, and filers must obtain separate approval to participate in each of them. All inquiries concerning the electronic filing of information returns should be directed to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC personnel cannot answer questions or assist taxpayers in the filing of Form 1040 tax returns. Filers with questions of this nature will be directed to the Taxpayer Service toll free number (1-800-829-1040) for assistance.
.03 Filers participating in the electronic filing program for information returns will submit their returns to IRS/MCC by way of modems and not through magnetic media or paper filing.
.04 If a request for extension is approved, transmitters who file electronically will be granted an extension of 30 days to file. Part A, Sec. 11 explains procedures for requesting extensions of time. Filers are encouraged to file their data as soon as possible.
.05 The formats of the "A," "B," "C," "K," and "F" Records are the same for electronically filed records as they are for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, tapes, and tape cartridges. For electronically filed documents, each transmission is considered a separate file. Do not use the 8-inch diskette format for electronic filing.
SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE
.01 Filers must obtain, or already have, a Transmitter Control Code (TCC) assigned to them prior to submitting their files electronically. (Filers who currently have a TCC for magnetic filing do not have to request a second TCC for electronic filing.) Refer to Part A, Sec. 7 for information on how to obtain a TCC.
.02 Once a TCC is obtained, filers using IRP-BBS assign their own passwords and do not need special approval.
.03 With all passwords, it is the user's responsibility to remember the password and not allow the password to be compromised. However, if filers do forget their password, call (304) 263-8700 for assistance. Note: Passwords on the IRP-BBS are case sensitive.
SECTION 3. TEST FILES
.01 Filers are not required to submit a test file; however, the submission of a test file is encouraged for first time electronic filers in order to resolve any data or communication problems prior to the filing season. If filers wish to submit an electronic test file for Tax Year 1995, it must be submitted to IRS/MCC November 1, 1995, through December 31, 1995.
.02 If problems are encountered while transmitting the electronic test file, contact IRS/MCC for assistance.
.03 Filers can verify the status of their transmitted test data by dialing the IRP-BBS. This information will be available within two workdays after their transmission is received by IRS/MCC.
.04 A test file is required from filers who want approval for the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. See Part A, Sec. 16 for further details.
SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS
.01 Electronically filed information may be submitted to IRS/MCC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Technical assistance will be available Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time by calling (304) 263-8700.
.02 Filers may submit as many documents as they choose electronically. Filers are allowed 240 minutes a day; however, more time may be requested if needed. It may be advantageous to break down large files (files in excess of two hours of transmission time) into several smaller files. For example, if large files contain several types of returns or payers, transmit each return or payer as a separate file. As a result, if only one of the files is incorrect, a replacement would be needed for only the incorrect file.
.03 Do not transmit data using IRP-BBS January 1 through January 7. This will allow time for the IRP-BBS to be updated to reflect current year changes.
.04 Data compression is encouraged when submitting information returns by way of the IRP-BBS. MCC has the ability to decompress files created using several popular software compression programs such as ARC, LHARC, and PKZIP. Software data compression can be done alone or in conjunction with V.42bis hardware compression. Transmission time can be reduced by as much as 85 percent when data compression is used; therefore, it is highly recommended.
The time required to transmit information returns electronically will vary depending on the modem speed and the type of data compression used, if any. However, transmissions to IRP-BBS will be significantly faster than electronic filing to the mainframe. The time required to transmit a file can be reduced by as much as 85% by using software compression and hardware compression.
The following are actual transmission rates achieved in test uploads at MCC using compressed files (PKZIP) and the xmodem protocol. The actual transmission rates will vary depending on the protocol that is used. (Uploads will be approximately 25% faster when using the XMODEM-1K or ZMODEM protocols.):
_________________________________________________________________
: : : : :
:Transmission : : : :
:Speed in bps : 500 Records : 2500 Records : 10000 Records :
: : : : :
_________________________________________________________________
: : : : :
: 2400 : 2 min 55 sec : 10 min 25 sec : 55 min 10 sec :
: : : : :
_________________________________________________________________
: : : : :
: 9600 : 1 min 5 sec : 4 min 35 sec : 21 min 20 sec :
: : : : :
_________________________________________________________________
: : : : :
: 19200 : 41 sec : 2 min 51 sec : 13 min 23 sec :
: : : : :
_________________________________________________________________
: : : : :
: 38400 : 25 sec : 1 min 55 sec : 9 min 10 sec :
: : : : :
_________________________________________________________________
.05 Files submitted to IRP-BBS must have a unique filename; therefore, the IRP-BBS will build the filename that must be used. The name will consist of the filer's TCC, submission type (T = Test, P = Production, C = Correction, and R = Replacement) and a sequence number. Filers may call the file anything they choose on their end. The sequence number will be incremented every time they send, or attempt to send, a file. Record the upload date, time, and filename. This information will be needed by MCC in order to identify the file if assistance is required and to complete Form 4804.
SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
.01 The results of the electronic transmission will be posted to the (F)ile Status area of the IRP-BBS, however, no further processing will occur until the signed Form 4804 is received. The transmitter must send the signed Form 4804 the same day the electronic transmission is made. No return is considered filed until a Form 4804 is received by IRS/MCC.
.02 Form 4804 can be ordered by calling the IRS toll free forms and publication order number 1-800-TAX-FORM, (1-800-829-3676) downloaded from the IRP-BBS, or it may be computer generated. A copy of the form is also available in the back of this publication. If a filer chooses to computer- generate Form 4804, all of the information contained on the original form, including the affidavit, must also be contained on the computer-generated form.
.03 The filer whose TCC is used in the "A" Record is responsible for submitting the transmittal Form 4804.
.04 Forms 4804 may be mailed to the following addresses:
If by Postal Service:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator
P.O. Box 1359
Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359
If by truck or air freight:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator
Route 9 and Needy Road
Martinsburg, WV 25401
.05 A signed Form 4804 submitted for electronically-filed information returns may be faxed to IRS/MCC at the following number: (304) 264-5196. Faxed transmittals will allow IRS/MCC to begin processing the file immediately; however, filers must still send the actual signed Form 4804 the same day as the electronic transmission.
Note: If a filer is required to submit a large volume of Forms 4804/4802, please mail in lieu of faxing.
SECTION 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEM (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS
.01 The IRP-BBS is an electronic bulletin board system available to filers of information returns. In addition to filing information returns electronically, the IRP-BBS provides other capabilities. Some of the advantages of IRP-BBS are as follows:
(1) Notification within two workdays as to the
acceptability of the data transmitted.
(2) Immediate access to the latest changes and updates
that affect the Information Reporting Program at
IRS/MCC (program, legislative, etc.).
(3) Access to publications such as the Publication
1220 as soon as they are available.
(4) Capability to communicate with IRS/MCC personnel.
(5) Ability to retrieve information and files
applicable to the IRP-BBS.
.02 The IRP-BBS is available for public use and accessible using various personal computer communications equipment; however, electronic submission of information returns is limited to holders of valid TCCs. A TCC is not needed to access those portions of the IRP-BBS that contain forms and publications or to leave questions or messages for IRS/MCC personnel.
.03 Filers using IRP-BBS can determine the acceptability of files submitted by checking the file status area of the bulletin board. These reports are not immediately available but will be available two workdays after the transmission is received by IRS/MCC.
.04 Contact the IRP-BBS by dialing (304) 263-2749. The communication software settings for IRP-BBS are:
- No parity
- Eight data bits
- One stop bit
- Full duplex
The communication software should be set up to use the fastest speed allowed by the filer's modem.
.05 Due to the large number of communication products available, it is impossible to provide specific information on a particular software package or hardware configuration. Filers should contact their software or hardware supplier for assistance.
.06 IRP-BBS software provides a menu-driven environment allowing access to different parts of IRP-BBS. Whenever possible, IRS/MCC personnel will provide assistance in resolving any communication problems with IRP-BBS.
.07 IRP-BBS can be accessed at speeds from 1200 to 28,800 bps. The speed is automatically negotiated for connection at the speed of the calling modem. The communication standards supported include Industry Standard 212A, V.22bis, V.32, V.32bis, V.34, and V.FC. Point-to-point error control is supported using the V.42 ITU-T standard or MNP 2-4. Data compression is supported using V.42bis ITU-T standard or MNP5.
SECTION 7. IRP-BBS FIRST LOGON PROCEDURES
.01 The following information will be requested to set up the filer's user profile when logging onto the IRP-BBS for the first time.
(A) # Chars per line on screen (10-132)? (Most computers have 80 character screen display)
(B) Enter the letter, that corresponds to the filer's terminal, from the following:
< A > IBM PC < B > IBM w/ANSI < C > Atari
< D > ADM-3 < E > H19/Z19/H89 < F > Televid 925
< G > TRS-80 < H > Vidtex < I > VT-52
< J > VT-100 < CR > if none of the above
Most PCs, clones, etc., will select the IBM PC emulation. Machines with color, CGA, EGA, or VGA should select IBM w/ANSI.
(C) Upper/lower case, line feed needed, O (zero) nulls after each <CR>, do you wish to modify this? (Most users answer no.)
(D) Do you wish to have a pause after each display page (Y/N)? (Most users answer yes.)
(E) How many lines per display page (10-80)? (Most computers have a 24 line screen display.)
COMMON USER PROBLEMS
PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION
File does not Not starting Start upload/
upload/download communication when download on
prompted by filers end
'Awaiting Start
Signal'
All files not Compressing Compress only one
processed several files into file for every
one filename filename
Replacement needed Original data Replacement must
incorrect be submitted within
45 days of original
transmission
Cannot determine Not dialing back Within 24 to 48
file status thru IRP-BBS to hours after sending
check the status a file, check under
of the file (F)ile Status for
notification of
acceptability
COMMON USER PROBLEMS-Cont
PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION
Transfer aborts Transfer protocol Ensure protocols
before it starts mismatch match on both the
sending and
receiving ends
Loss of carrier Incorrect modem Reference your
during session settings on user's modem manual
end about increasing the
value of the S10
register
Unreadable screens ANSI.SYS driver Consult your DOS
after selecting not loaded in the manual about
"IBM w/ANSI" user's PC installing ANSI.SYS
IRS ENCOUNTERED PROBLEMS
PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION
IRS cannot User did not Mail completed Form
complete final mail the Form 4804 the same day as
processing of data 4804 the electronic
transmission
IRS cannot User did not Must enter the
determine which indicate which filename that is
file is being file is being being replaced
replaced replaced under the
replacement option
IRS cannot User incorrectly When prompted,
determine the type indicated T, P, C, enter the correct
of file being sent or R for the type type of file for
of file data being sent
Incorrect file not User did not dial Within two workdays
replaced within back thru IRP-BBS check under (F)ile
45 days to check the Status for
status of file notification of
acceptability
Duplicate data Transmitter sends Only submit
corrections for corrections for
entire file incorrect records
PART E. SINGLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. GENERAL
.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a single density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.
.02 IRS will be eliminating 8-inch diskettes as an acceptable type of media in calendar year 1997 (Tax Year 1996). Filers currently reporting on 8-inch diskettes MUST make arrangements to file on 1/2-inch magnetic tape, tape cartridge (IBM 3480/3490 or AS400 compatible), 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskettes or electronically.
.03 To be compatible, a single density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:
(a) 8-inches in diameter.
(b) Recorded in EBCDIC.
(c) Contain 77 tracks of which:
(1) Track 0 is the index track (the operating
system reserves track 0 for the directory
information and writes the file name and
location in the directory; data cannot be
written in track 0).
(2) Tracks 1 through 73 are data tracks.
(3) Track 74 is unused.
(4) Tracks 75 and 76 are alternate data tracks.
(d) Each Track must contain 26 sectors.
(e) Each Sector must contain 128 bytes.
(f) Data must be recorded on only one side of the
diskette.
(g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft
sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double
density, soft sectored diskettes. Part E provides
specifications for double density diskettes which
have sectors of 256 bytes.
(h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the
above specifications.
(i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.
(j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to type of
data (single sided/single density), and the entire
file should consist of all single sided/single
density diskettes.
.04 Exchange files are created through the Transfer command and Copyfile files are created through the Copy command. In order to do this, initialize the diskettes using the FORMAT parameter in the INIT procedure. IRS/MCC encourages filers to use blank or currently formatted diskettes when preparing files. If extraneous data follows the end of file "F" Record, the file must be returned for replacement.
.05 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing.
SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL
The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.
The header label on the diskette must be located in track 0, sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. IRS/MCC does not require this information. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume indicator (pos. 45) in the diskette header label must contain a "C."
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: HDR1 :BLANK: DATA SET (FILE) :BLANK: SECTOR :BLANK: BEGINNING :
: : : NAME (FOR TRANS-: : LENGTH : : OF DATA :
: : : MITTER'S USE) : : : : :
: (a) : (b) : (c) : (b) : (d) : (b) : (e) :
:______:_____:_________________:_____:________:_____:___________:
1-4 5 6-13 14-22 23-27 28 29-33
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
:BLANK: END OF :BLANK: BYPASS : DATA SET : WRITE :BLANK:
: : DATA : : DATA SET : ACCESSIBILITY : PROJECT : :
: (b) : (f) : (b) : (g) : (h) : (i) : (j) :
:_____:________:_____:__________:_______________:_________:_____:
34 35-39 40 41 42 43 44
________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: MULTI- : SEQUENCE :BLANK : EXPIRATION : VERIFY : BLANK :
: VOLUME : NUMBER : : DATE : MARK : :
: : : : YYMMDD : : :
: (k) : (l) : (b) : (m) : (n) : (b) :
:________:__________:______:____________:________:_______:
45 46-47 48-66 67-72 73 74
________________
: :
: NEXT AVAILABLE :
: DATA :
: POSITION :
: (p) :
:________________:
75-79
(a) Header 1 - Positions 1 through 4; enter HDR1.
(b) Unused - Any field marked blank is unused and should contain only blanks.
(c) Data Set (File) Name - Positions 6 through 13; use this field to identify the data set. The Data Set Name must begin with an alphabetic character. This name should be the same for every diskette in a file.
(d) Sector Length - Positions 23 through 27; enter the sector length 128 in positions 25-27 and fill positions 23 and 24 with zeroes.
(e) Beginning of Data - Positions 29 through 33; enter the five-digit address designated for the first record of this data set, xx0yy (xx = track number, yy = sector number). For example, if the first record is in track 01, sector 02, enter 01002.
(f) End of Data - Positions 35 through 39; enter the five-digit address of the last position of the diskette reserved for this data set. For example, to reserve the entire diskette for a data set, enter 73026.
(g) Bypass Data Set - Position 41; this field not accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.
(h) Data Set Accessibility - Position 42; this field not accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.
(i) Write Protect - Position 43; this field defines the protected status of the associated data set. P = read only; blank = read/write. With P in this position, a filer can only select the Update (U) mode.
(j) Position 44 is blank for Single Sided/Single Density diskettes.
(k) Multi-Volume - Position 45; this field indicates whether a complete data set is on a diskette. Blank = data set complete; C = data set continued on another diskette; L = last diskette of a multi-diskette data set.
(l) Sequence Number - Positions 46 through 47; For Copyfile files only. Sequentially ascending numbers must be entered in every diskette header label.
(m) Expiration Date - Positions 67 through 72; may be used to contain the date that the data set expires, YYMMDD (YY = year, MM = month, DD = day). This field is not accessed by IRS; any characters are acceptable.
(n) Verify Mark - Position 73; this field is used to indicate the data set was verified. If verified enter V, if not enter a blank.
(o) Next Available Data Position - Positions 75-79. Enter the address of the next available position after End of Data (f). In positions 75 and 76 enter the track number, in position 77 enter a "0" (zero), and in positions 77-78 enter the sector number.
SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION
.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.
.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer and for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.
.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if a payer is filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes should be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.
.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record in the file must be an "A" Record. When a single density diskette is used, each "A" Record will consist of at least 2 sectors of 128 positions each. If a payer is transmitting for someone other than themselves, 4 sectors are required in order to identify both the payer and transmitter.
.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette. However, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A diskette may contain different types of returns, but the returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.
.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.
.07 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record must be uppercase.
.08 When filing Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest, referred to as the "payer" in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
Note: For all fields marked Required, a transmitter must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For fields not marked Required, a transmitter must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length.
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter "1" (one) to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up an
"A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "A"
_________________________________________________________________
3-4 Payment Year 2 Required. Enter "95" (unless
reporting prior-year data)
_________________________________________________________________
5-7 Diskette 3 The diskette sequence number is
Sequence incremented by 1 for each diskette
Number on the file starting with 001.
The transmitter may enter blanks
or zeros in this field. IRS/MCC
bypasses this information.
Indicate the proper sequence on
the external label Form 5064.
_________________________________________________________________
8-16 Payer's 9 Required. Must be the valid nine-
TIN digit Taxpayer Identification
Number assigned to the payer. Do
not enter blanks, hyphens, or
alpha characters. All zeros,
ones, twos, etc., will have the
effect of an incorrect TIN. For
foreign entities not required to
have a TIN, this field may be
blank; however, the Foreign
Entity Indicator, position 50,
Sector 1, of the "A" Record should
be set to "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
17-20 Payer Name 4 The Payer Name Control can
Control be obtained only from the mail
label on the Package 1099 that is
mailed to most payers each
December. To distinguish between
the Package 1099 and the Magnetic
Media Reporting (MMR) Package, the
Package 1099 contains instructions
for paper filing only and the mail
label on the package contains a
four (4) character name control.
The MMR Package contains
instructions for filing
magnetically or electronically.
The mail label does not contain a
name control. Names of less than
four (4) characters should be
left-justified, filling the unused
positions with blanks. If a
Package 1099 has not been received
or the Payer Name Control is
unknown, this field must be blank
filled.
_________________________________________________________________
21 Last Filing 1 Enter a "1" (one) if this is the
Indicator last year the payer will file,
otherwise, enter blank. Use this
indicator if, due to a merger,
bankruptcy, etc., the payer will
not be filing information returns
under this payer name and TIN in
the future either magnetically,
electronically or on paper.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
22 Combined 1 Required for the Combined
Federal/State Federal/State filing program.
Payer Enter "1" (one) if participating
in the Combined Federal/State
Filing Program; otherwise, enter
blank. Refer to Part A, Sec. 16,
for further information. Forms
1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,
1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed
under this program.
_________________________________________________________________
23 Type of 1 Required. Enter appropriate code
Return from the table below:
Type of Return Code
1098 3
1099-A 4
1099-B B
1099-C 5
1099-DIV 1
1099-G F
1099-INT 6
1099-MISC A
1099-OID D
1099-PATR 7
1099-R 9
1099-S S
5498 L
W-2G W
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
24-32 Amount 9 Required. Enter the appropriate
Codes amount code for the type of return
(See Note) being reported. Generally, for
each amount code entered in this
field, a corresponding payment
amount must appear in the Payee
"B" Record. In most cases, the
box numbers on paper information
returns correspond with the amount
codes used to file magnetically/
electronically. However, if
discrepancies occur, this revenue
procedure governs.
Example: If Sector 1, position 23 of the "A" Record is "7"
(for 1099-MISC) and positions 24-32 are "1247bbbbb". (In this
example, "b" denotes blanks in the designated positions. Do not
enter the letter 'b'.) This indicates the payer is reporting any
or all payment amounts (1247) in all of the following "B"
Records.
The first payment amount field in the "B" Record will
represent Rents;
the second will represent Royalties;
the third will be all "0" (zeros);
the fourth will represent Federal income tax withheld;
the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);
the seventh will represent Nonemployed compensation;
and,
the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).
Enter the Amount Codes in ascending sequence (i.e., 1247bbbbb.
In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the designated positions.
Do not enter the letter 'b'.), left justify information and fill
unused position with blanks. For further clarification of the
Amount Codes, contact IRS/MCC.
Note: A type of return and an amount code must be present in
every Payer "A" Record even if no money amounts are being
reported. For a detailed explanation of the information to be
reported in each amount code, refer to the 1995 "Instructions for
Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER"A"RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Mortgage Interest
Form 1098 - Received From Payers/Borrowers
Mortgage (Payer of Record) on Form 1098:
Interest Amount
Statement Code Amount Type
1 Mortgage interest received
from payers/borrowers
2 Points paid on
purchase of principal
residences
3 Refund of overpaid
interest
Amount Codes For Reporting the Acquisition or
Form 1099-A - Abandonment of Secured Property on
Acquisition or Form 1099-A:
Abandonment of Amount
Secured Property Code Amount Type
(See Note 1)
2 Balance of principal
outstanding
4 Fair market value of
property (See Note 2)
Note 1: If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in
connection with the acquisition of abandonment of secured
property and the filer would be required to file both Forms 1099-
A and 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, the filer is required to file
Form 1099-C only. Se the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099,
1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information under Coordination
with Form 1099-C.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes
Form 1099-A
(Cont'd)
Note 2: Amounts previously reported under Amount Code 3, "Gross
foreclosure proceeds", are now reported under Amount Code 4,
which has been changed from "Appraisal value" to "Fair market
value of property". See the 1995 "Instruction for Forms 1099,
1098, 5498, and W-2G for further information.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-B - 1099-B:
Proceeds from Amount
Broker and Barter Code Amount Type
Exchange
Transactions 2 Stocks, bonds, etc. (For
forward contracts, see
Note 1.)
3 Bartering (Do not report
negative amounts.)
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding). (Do not
report negative amounts.)
6 Profit or loss realized
in 1995 on Regulated
Futures Contract. (See
Note 2.)
7 Unrealized profit or
loss on open contracts -
12/31/94. (See Note 2.)
8 Unrealized profit or loss
on open contracts -
12/31/95. (See Note 2.)
9 Aggregate profit or loss.
(See Note 2.)
Note 1: The payment amount field associated with Amount Code 2
may be used to represent a loss from a closing transaction on a
Forward Contract. Refer to the "B" Record - General Field
Descriptions, Payment Amount Fields, for instructions on
reporting negative amounts.
Note 2: Payment Amount Fields 6, 7, 8, and 9 are for the
reporting of Regulated Futures Contracts.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Cancellation of
Form 1099-C - Debt on Form 1099-C:
Cancellation of Debt
(See Note 1) Amount
Code Amount Type
2 Amount of debt canceled
(see Note 2)
3 Interest included in
Amount Code 2
4 Penalties, fines or
administrative costs
included in Amount Code 2
7 Fair market value of
property (see Note 3)
Note 1: If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in
connection with the acquisition or abandonment of secured
property and the filer would be required to file both Forms 1099-
C and 1099-A, Acquisition or abandonment of Secured Property, the
filer is required to file Form 1099-C only. See the 1995
"Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further
information under Coordination with Form 1099-A.
Note 2: A debt is any amount owed to the debtor including
principal, interest, penalties, administrative costs, and fines,
to the extent they are indebtedness under section 61(a)(12). The
amount of debt discharged or canceled may be all or only part of
the total amount owed. See the 1994 "Instructions for Forms
1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information.
Note 3: Amount Code 7 will be used only if a combination of
Forms 1099-A and 1099-C is being filed. See the 1995
"Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further
information on reporting the fair market value of property under
Coordination with Form 1099-A.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
1099-DIV - 1099-DIV:
Dividends and Amount
Distributions Code Amount Type
1 Gross dividends and other
distributions on stock
(see Note)
2 Ordinary dividends (see
Note)
3 Capital gain
distributions (see Note)
4 Nontaxable distributions
(if determinable) (see
Note)
5 Investment expenses (see
Note)
6 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
7 Foreign tax paid
8 Cash liquidation
distributions
9 Noncash liquidation
distributions (show fair
market value)
Note: Amount Code 1 must be present (unless the payer is using
Amount Codes 8 or 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts
reported for Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present
for Amount Code 1, there must be an amount present for Amount
Codes 2-5 as applicable.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-G - 1099-G:
Certain Government Amount
Payments Code Amount Type
1 Unemployment compensation
2 State or local income tax
refunds, credits or
offsets
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
6 Taxable grants
7 Agriculture payments
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-INT - 1099-INT:
Interest Income Amount
Code Amount Type
1 Interest income not
included in Amount Code 3
2 Early withdrawal penalty
3 Interest on U.S. Savings
Bonds and Treasury
obligations
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
5 Foreign tax paid
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-MISC - 1099-MISC:
Miscellaneous Amount
Income Code Amount Type
1 Rents (see Note 1)
2 Royalties (see Note 2)
3 Other income
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding and
withholding
on payments of Indian
gaming profits)
5 Fishing boat proceeds
6 Medical and health care
payments
7 Nonemployed compensation
or crop insurance proceeds
(see Note 3)
8 Substitute payments in
lieu of dividends or
interest
9 Excess golden parachute
payments
(FILERS SEE NOTE 4)
Note 1: If reporting the Direct Sales Indicator only, use Type
of Return Code A for 1099-MISC in position 23 and Amount Code 1
in position 24 of the Payer "A" Record. All Payment Amount
Fields in the Payee "B" Record will contain zeros.
Note 2: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut"
contract; these should be reported on Form 1099-S.
Note 3: Amount Code 7 is normally used to report nonemployed
compensation. However, Amount Code 7 may also be used to report
crop insurance proceeds. See positions 5-6, Sector 1, of the "B"
Record for instructions. If nonemployed compensation and crop
insurance proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate
"B" Record for each transaction is required.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note 4: For the convenience of the payer, the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record may be used to report state
and local income tax withheld. This information does not need to
be reported to IRS.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-OID - 1099-OID:
Original Issue Amount
Discount Code Amount Type
1 Original issue
discount for 1995
2 Other periodic interest
3 Early withdrawal penalty
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-PATR - 1099-PATR:
Taxable Amount
Distributions Code Amount Type
Received From
Cooperatives 1 Patronage dividends
2 Nonpatronage distributions
3 Per-unit retain
allocations
4 Federal income tax
withheld
(backup withholding)
5 Redemption of nonqualified
notices and retain
allocations
Pass-Through Credits (see
Note)
6 For filer's use
7 Energy investment credit
8 Jobs credit (see Note)
9 Patron's Alternative
Minimum Tax Adjustment
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes
Form 1099-PATR (Cont'd)
Note: Amount Codes 6, 7, 8 and 9 are reserved for the patron's
share of unused credits that the cooperative is passing through
to the patron. Other credits, such as the Indian employment
credit may be reported in Amount Code 6. The title of the credit
reported in Amount Code 6 should be reported in the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record. The amounts shown for
Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and 9 must reported to the payee. These
Amount Codes for Pass-Through Credits and the Special Data
Entries Field are for the Convenience of the filer. This
information is not needed by IRS/MCC.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-R - 1099-R:
Distributions Amount
From Pensions, Annuities, Code Amount Type
Retirement or Profit-
Sharing Plans, IRAs, 1 Gross distribution (see
Insurance Contracts, etc. Note 2)
(See Note 1) 2 Taxable amount (see
Note 3) or IRA/SEP
distributions
3 Capital gain (included in
Amount Code 2).
4 Federal income tax
withheld (see Note 4)
5 Employee contributions or
insurance premiums
6 Net unrealized
appreciation in employer's
securities
8 Other
9 Total employee
contributions (see Note 5)
Note 1: Additional information may be required in the "B"
Record. Refer to positions 45 through 49, Sector 1, of the "B"
Record.
RECORD NAME: PAYER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total
distribution, enter a "1" (one) in position 48, Sector 1, of the
"B" Record. An amount must be shown in Amount Field 1.
Note 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative
amount. For example, if stock is distributed but the value is
less then the employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value
of the stock in Amount Code 1, enter "0" (zero) in Amount Code 2,
and enter the employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.
If the taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1" (one)
in position 49 of the "B" Record. If reporting an IRA/SEP
distribution, generally include the amount of the distribution in
the Taxable Amount (Payment Amount Field 2, position 62-71) and
enter a "1" (one) in the IRA/SEP Indicator Field, (position 45).
A "1" (one) may be entered in the Taxable Amount Not Determined
Indicator Field (position 49) Sector 1 of the "B" Record, but the
amount of the distribution must still be reported in Payment
Amount Fields 1 and 2. See the explanation for Box 2a of Form
1099-R in the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and
W-2G" for more information on reporting the taxable amount.
Note 4: See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498,
and W-2G" for further information concerning federal income tax
withheld for Form 1099-R.
Note 5: Amount Code 9 was previously used to report 'State
income tax withheld." For the convenience of the payer, state
and local income tax withheld may be reported in the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record. This information does not
need to be reported to IRS.
_______________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-S - 1099-S:
Proceeds from Amount
Real Estate Code Amount Type
Transactions
2 Gross proceeds (see Note)
5 Buyer's part of real
estate tax
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note: Include payments of timber royalties made under a "pay-as-
cut" contract reportable under section 6050N. If timber
royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the description
field of the "B" Record. For more information, see Ann. 90-129,
1990-48, I.R.B. 10.
________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 5498 - 5498:
Individual Amount
Retirement Code Amount Type
Arrangement
Information 1 Regular IRA contributions
(See Note) made in 1995 and 1996 for
1995
2 Rollover IRA contributions
3 Life insurance cost
included in Amount Code 1
4 Fair market value of the
account
Note: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to 1995
"Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G Rev.
Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be
given in the Payee Name Line Field of the "B" Record.
If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Storm/Shield
participant for other than 1995, enter "DS", the year for which
the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in
the Special Data Entries Field of the "B" Record. Do not enter
the contributions in Amount Code 1.
For information concerning Desert Storm/Shield participant
reporting, refer to the 1994 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,
5498, and W-2G", and Notice 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form W-2G - W-2G:
Certain Gambling Amount
Winnings Code Amount Type
1 Gross winnings
2 Federal income tax
withheld
3 State income tax
withheld (see Note)
7 Winnings from
identical wagers
Note: State income tax withheld is added for the convenience of
the payer but need not be reported to IRS/MCC.
_________________________________________________________________
33 Test 1 Required. Enter "T" if this is a
Indicator test file, otherwise, enter a
blank.
_________________________________________________________________
34 Service 1 Enter "1" (one) if the payer used
Bureau a service bureau to develop and/or
Indicator transmit files, otherwise,
enter blank. See Part A, Sec. 17
for the definition of a service
bureau.
_________________________________________________________________
35-44 Blank 10 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
45-49 Transmitter 5 Required. Enter the five
Control Code character alpha/numeric
(TCC) Transmitter Control Code assigned
by IRS/MCC. A TCC must be
obtained to file data on this
program. Do not enter more than
one TCC per file.
_________________________________________________________________
50 Foreign 1 Enter a "1" (one) if the payer is
Entity a foreign entity and income is
Indicator paid by the entity to a U.S.
resident. If the payer is not a
foreign entity, enter a blank.
(See Note)
Note: If a payer erroneously reports entities as foreign, they
maybe subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information
to IRS. Therefore, payers must be sure to code only those
records as foreign corporations that should be coded.
_________________________________________________________________
51-90 First 40 Required. Enter the name of the
Payer Name payer whose TIN appears in
Line Sector 1, position 8-16 of the "A"
Record. Any extraneous
information must be deleted. Left
justify and fill with blanks.
(Filers should not enter a
transfer agent's name in this
field. Any transfer agent's name
should appear in the Second Payer
Name Line Field.)
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the
"A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the
interest/the filer of Form 1098 (the payer). The "B" Record will
reflect the individual paying the interest (the payer of record)
and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will
reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction (the
filer of Form 1099-S) and the "B" Record will reflect the
seller/transferor.
________________________________________________________________
91-128 Blank 38 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payer record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "A"
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Second 40 If the Transfer Agent Indicator
Payer Name (Sector 2, position 43) contains a
Line number "1" (one), this field must
contain the name of the transfer
(or paying) agent. If the
indicator contains a "0" (zero),
this field may contain either a
continuation of the First Payer
Name Line or blanks. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
43 Transfer 1 Required. Identifies the entity
Agent in the Second Payer Name Line
Indicator Field. (See Part A, Sec. 17 for a
definition of transfer (or paying)
agent.)
Code Meaning
1 The entity in the Second
Payer Name Line Field is
the transfer (or paying)
agent.
0 (zero) The entity shown is
not the transfer (or
paying)agent
(i.e., the Second Payer
Name Line Field contains
either a continuation of
the First Payer Name
Line Field or blanks).
________________________________________________________________
44-83 Payer 40 Required. If the Transfer Agent
Shipping Indicator in Sector 2, position 43
Address is a "1" (one), enter the shipping
address of the transfer agent.
Otherwise, enter the actual
shipping address of the payer.
Street address should include
number, street, apartment or suite
number (or P. O. Box if mail is
not delivered to street address).
Left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
84-123 Payer City, 40 Required. If the Transfer Agent
State, and Indicator in Sector 2, position 43
ZIP Code is a "1" (one), enter the city,
town, or post office, state
abbreviation and ZIP Code of the
transfer (or paying) agent,
otherwise, enter the actual city,
town, or post office, state
abbreviation and ZIP Code of the
payer. Left justify information
and fill unused positions with
blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
124-128 Blank 5 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 3 Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and
transmitter are not the same.
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "3" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payer record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "A"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-82 Transmitter 80 Required if the payer and
Name transmitter are not the same.
Enter the name of the transmitter
in the manner in which it is used
in normal business. The name of
the transmitter must be reported
in the same manner throughout the
entire file. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. If the
payer and transmitter are the
same, this field may be blank.
_________________________________________________________________
83-122 Transmitter 40 Required if payer and
Mailing transmitter are not the same.
Address Enter the mailing address of
transmitter. Street address
should include number, street,
apartment or suite number (or P.O.
Box if mail is not delivered to
street address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. If the
payer and transmitter are the
same, this field may be blank.
_________________________________________________________________
123-128 Blank 6 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and
transmitter are not the same.
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "4" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payer record.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "A"
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Transmitter 40 Required if the payer and
City, State transmitter are not the same.
and ZIP Code Enter the city, town, or post
office, state abbreviation and ZIP
Code of the transmitter. Left
justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks. If
the payer and transmitter are the
same, this field may be blank.
_________________________________________________________________
43-128 Blank 86 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT
Sector 1
_____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: : : : DISKETTE : PAYER'S : PAYER :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYMENT : SEQUENCE : TIN : NAME :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : YEAR : NUMBER : : CONTROL* :
:__________:________:_________:__________:_________:__________:
1 2 3-4 5-7 8-16 17-20
______________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: LAST : COMBINED : TYPE OF : AMOUNT : TEST :
: FILING : FEDERAL/STATE : RETURN : CODES : INDICATOR :
:INDICATOR : PAYER : : : :
:___________:_______________:_________:____________:___________:
21 22 23 24 - 32 33
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: SERVICE : : TRANSMITTER : FOREIGN : FIRST : BLANK :
: BUREAU : BLANK : CONTROL : ENTITY : PAYER : :
: INDICATOR : : CODE : INDICATOR : NAME* : :
: : : : : LINE : :
:___________:_______:_____________:_____________:_______:_______:
34 35-44 45-49 50 51-90 91-128
PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT - Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: : : SECOND: TRANSFER : PAYER : PAYER : :
: RECORD : RECORD: PAYER : AGENT : SHIPPING: CITY : BLANK :
: SEQUENCE: TYPE : NAME* : INDICATOR: ADDRESS : STATE : :
: : : LINE : : : AND ZIP: :
:_________:_______:_______:__________:_________:________:_______:
1 2 3-42 43 44-83 84-123 124-128
SECTOR 3
____________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: : : : TRANSMITTER : :
: RECORD : RECORD : TRANSMITTER : MAILING : BLANK :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : NAME : ADDRESS : :
:__________:________:_____________:________________:_________:
1 2 3 - 82 83 - 122 123-128
SECTOR 4
_____________________________________________
: : : : :
: : : TRANSMITTER : :
: RECORD : RECORD : CITY, STATE : BLANK :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : AND ZIP CODE : :
:__________:________:_______________:_________:
1 2 3 - 42 43-128
* When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction, (the filer of the 1099-S) and the B Record will reflect the seller/ transferor.
SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS
.01 The "B" Record contains the payment information from individual returns. This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on single sided/single density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following:
(a) Sec. 6, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.
(b) Sec. 7, PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099- C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.
(c) Sec. 8, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A.
(d) Sec. 9, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B.
(e) Sec. 10, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-C
(f) Sec. 11, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID.
(g) Sec. 12, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S.
(h) Sec. 13, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.
All "B" Records must consist of at least 3 sectors of 128 positions each. If a payer is not a Combined Federal/State payer or utilizing the Special Data Entries Field, Sector 4 can be eliminated for Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498.
The "B" Record will always consist of 4 Sectors for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G.
In the "A" Record, the Amount Codes that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, allow for all nine Payment Amount Fields. For those fields not used, enter zeros. For example, if a payer is reporting on Form 1099-MISC, enter a "A" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return Field. If a payer is reporting payments for Amount Codes 1, 2, 4, and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "1247bbbbb". (In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the designated positions. Do not enter the letter 'b'). In the "B" Record:
Positions 52-61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount
1 will be Rents.
Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount Code
2 represent Royalties.
Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will
be "0's" (zeros).
Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 will represent Federal
income tax withheld.
Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and
6 will be zeros.
Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 7
will represent Nonemployed compensation.
Positions 3-22 of Sector 2 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9
will be "0's" (zeros).
.02 The record layout for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 is the same for all "B" records. Sector 4, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part E, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, respectively for the layout of Sector 4 of these records.
.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the filers.
.04 If filers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank. Compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control:
(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, the records have been developed using the first name first, the filer must leave a blank space between the first and last names.
(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.
.05 See Part A, Sec. 14 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).
.06 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments, or for the personal use of the payer. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries Field, therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's option to use the Special Data Entries Field. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.
.07 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program must adhere to all specifications in Part A, Sec. 16, in order to participate in this program. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-S and W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.
.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.
.09 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000 in the payment amount field.
.10 IRS strongly encourages transmitters to review the data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices. Transmitters should be especially careful that the names, TINs, account numbers, types of income, and income amounts are correct.
.11 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest/the filer of the Form 1098 (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction (the filer of the Form 1099-S) and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.
SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G
For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-D, 1099-S, and W-2G, see Part D, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12, respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 4 of these records.
Note: For all fields marked required, the transmitter must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked Required, the transmitter must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated position(s) and for the indicated length.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "1" (one) to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee Record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-4 Payment Year 2 Required. Enter "95" (unless
reporting for a prior year)
_________________________________________________________________
5-6 Document 2 Required for Forms 1099-G,
Specific/ 1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G. For
Distribution all other forms or if not used,
Code enter blanks.
Tax Year of For Form 1099-G, use only for
Refund reporting the tax year for
(Form 1099-G which the refund, credit or
only) offset (Amount Code 2)was issued.
Enter in position 5; position 6
must be blank.
If the refund, credit or offset is
not attributable to income tax
from a trade or business, enter
the numeric year from the table
below for which the refund, credit
or offset was issued (e.g., for
1994, enter 4).
If the refund, credit, or offset
is exclusively attributable to
income from a trade or business,
and is not of general application,
enter the alpha equivalent of the
year from the table below (e.g.,
for 1994, enter D).
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Form 1099-G Year for Which
(cont.) Trade/Business
Refund Was
Year for Which Issued
General (Alpha
Refund was Issued Equivalent)
1 A
2 B
3 C
4 D
5 E
6 F
7 G
8 H
9 I
0 J
Crop Insurance For Form 1099-MISC, enter a "1"
Proceeds (one) in position 5 if the payment
(Form 1099-MISC reported for Amount Code 7 is crop
only) insurance proceeds. Position 6
will be blank.
Distribution For Form 1099-R, enter the
Code appropriate distribution code(s).
(Form 1099-R only) More than one code may apply for
(For a detailed Form 1099-R. If only one
explanation of the code is required, it must be entered
of the distribution in position 5 and position 6 must be
codes,see the 1995 blank. Enter at least one (1)
"Instructions for distribution code. A blank in
Forms 1099, 1098, position 5 is not acceptable.
5498, and W-2G".)
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Distribution
Code (Form 1099-R)
(Cont'd) Enter the applicable code from the
table that follows. Position 5
must contain a numeric code in all
cases except when using P, D, E,
F, G, or H. Distribution Code A,
B, or C, when applicable, must be
entered in position 6 with the
applicable numeric code in
position 5.
When using Code P for an IRA
distribution under Section
408(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the filer may also enter
Code 1 if applicable.
Only two numeric combinations are
acceptable, codes 8 and 1, and
codes 8 and 2, on one return.
These two combinations can be used
only if both codes apply to the
distribution being reported. If
more than one numeric code is
applicable to different parts of a
distribution, report two separate
"B" Records.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Distribution Codes E, F, and H
cannot be used in conjunction with
other codes. Distribution Code G
may be used in conjunction with
Distribution Code 4 only, if
applicable.
Category Code
Early (premature) 1*
distribution, no
known exception
Early (premature) 2*
distribution, exception
applies (as defined in
section 72(q), (t), or
(v) of the Internal
Revenue Code) other than
disability or death
Disability 3*
Death (includes payments 4*
to an estate or other
beneficiary)
Prohibited transaction 5*
Section 1035 exchange 6
Normal distribution 7*
Excess contributions plus 8*
earnings/excess deferrals
(and/or earnings)
taxable in 1995
PS 58 costs 9
Excess contributions plus P*
earnings/excess deferrals
taxable in 1993
May be eligible for A
5- or 10-year averaging
May be eligible for death B
benefit exclusion
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Form 1099-R May be eligible for both C
(Cont.) A and B
Excess contributions plus D*
earnings/excess deferrals
taxable in 1993
Excess annual additions E
under section 415
Charitable gift annuity F
Direct rollover to IRA G
Direct rollover to qualified H
plan or tax-sheltered
annuity
* If reporting an IRA or SEP distribution, code a "1" (one) in
position 44 of the "B" Record.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Type of For Form W-2G, enter the
Wager (Form applicable code in position 5.
W-2G Only) Position 6 will be blank.
Category Code
Horse race track (or 1
off-track betting of
a horse track nature)
Dog race track (or off- 2
track betting of a dog
track nature)
Jai-alai 3
State-conducted lottery 4
Keno 5
Bingo 6
Slot machines 7
Any other type of gambling 8
winnings
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
7 2nd TIN 1 For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,
Notice 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, and
1099-PATR only.
Enter "2" to indicate notification
by IRS twice within 3 calendar
years that the payee provided an
incorrect name and/or TIN
combination, otherwise, enter a
blank.
_________________________________________________________________
8 Corrected 1 Indicate a corrected return.
Return
Indicator Code Definition
G If this is a one-
transaction correction
or the first of a two-
transaction correction.
C If this is the second
transaction of a two-
transaction correction.
Blank If this is not a return
being submitted to
correct information
already processed by
IRS.
Note: C, G, and non-coded records must be reported using
separate Payer "A" Records. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for
specific instructions on how to file corrected returns.
________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
9-12 Name Control 4 If determinable, enter the first
four (4) characters of the surname
of the person whose TIN is being
reported in positions 16-24 of the
"B" Record, otherwise, enter
blanks. This is usually the
payee. If the name that
corresponds to the TIN is not
included in the first or second
payee name line and the correct
name control is not provided, a
backup withholding notice may be
generated for the record.
Surnames of less than four (4)
characters should be left-
justified, filling the unused
positions with blanks. Special
characters and imbedded blanks
should be removed. In the case of
a business, other than a sole
proprietorship, use the first four
significant characters of the
business name. Disregard the word
"the" when it is the first word of
the name, unless there are only
two words in the name. A dash (-)
and ampersand (&) are the only
acceptable special characters.
Surname prefixes are considered
part of the surname, e.g., for Van
Elm, the name control would be
VANE.
Note: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters
are allowed (e.g., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, or dash), this
information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
The following examples may be helpful to filers in developing the
name control:
Name Name Control
Individuals:
Jane Brown BROW
John A. Lee LEE*
James P. En, Sr. EN*
John O'Neill ONEI
Mary Van Buren VANB
Juan De Jesus DEJE
Gloria A. El-Roy EL-R
Mr. John Smith SMIT
Joe McCarthy MCCA
Pedro Torres-Lopes TORR
Maria Lopez Moreno** LOPE
Binh To La LA*
Nhat Thi Pham PHAM
Mark D'Allesandro DALL
Corporations:
The First National Bank FIRS
The Hideaway THEH
A & B Cafe A&BC
11TH Street Inc. 11TH
Sole Proprietor:
Mark Hemlock DBA
c/o The Sunshine Club HEML
Partnership:
Robert Aspen and Bess Willow ASPE
Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and
Joyce Spruce et al Ptr FIR*
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Name Name Control
Estate:
Frank White Estate WHIT
Sheila Blue Estate BLUE
Trusts and Fiduciaries:
Daisy Corporation Employee
Benefit Trust DAIS
Trust FBO The Cherryblossom
Society CHER
Exempt Organization:
Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO LABO
St. Bernard's Methodist
Church Bldg. Fund STBE
* Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters
must be left-justified and blank filled.
** For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an
individual, derive the name control from the first last name.
_________________________________________________________________
13 Direct Sales 1 1099-MISC only. Enter a "1" (one)
Indicator to indicate sales of $5,000 or
more of consumer products to a
person on a buy/sell,
deposit/commission, or any other
commission basis for resale
anywhere other than in a permanent
retail establishment, otherwise,
enter a blank.
Note: If reporting Direct Sales only, use Type of Return A in
position 23 and, Amount Code 1 in position 24 of the Payer "A"
Record. All payment amount fields in the Payee "B" record will
contain zeros.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
14 Blank 1 Enter blank
_________________________________________________________________
15 Type of 1 This field is used to identify
TIN the Taxpayer Identification Number
(TIN) in positions 16-24 as either
an Employer Identification Number
(EIN) or a Social Security Number
(SSN). * Enter the appropriate
code from the following table:
Type of Type of
TIN TIN Account
1 EIN A business,
organization,
or other
entity
2 SSN An individual
blank N/A If the type of
TIN is not
determinable,
enter a blank.
* While this is not a "Required" field, this information is
important for the correct processing of the payee's TIN.
_________________________________________________________________
16-24 Taxpayer 9 Required. Enter the nine
Identification digit Taxpayer Identification
Number Number of the payee (SSN or EIN).
If an identification number has
been applied for but not received,
enter blanks. Do not enter
hyphens or alpha characters. All
zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have
the effect of an incorrect TIN.
If the TIN is not available, enter
blanks. (See Note)
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note: IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with
missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers
who submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required
steps to obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a
letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will
prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC. This letter, however,
will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 or CP2100A
Notices) or penalties (refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms
1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G", Penalty Section) for missing or
incorrect TINS.
_________________________________________________________________
25-44 Payer's 20 Enter any number assigned by the
Account payer to the payee (e.g.,
Number for checking or savings account
Payee number). Filers are encouraged to
use this field. This number helps
to distinguish individual payee
records and should be unique for
each account. Do not use the
payee's TIN since this will not
make each record unique. This
information is particularly useful
when corrections are filed. This
number will be provided with the
backup withholding notification
(CP2100 or CP2100A) from the IRS
and may be helpful in identifying
the branch or subsidiary reporting
the transaction. Do not define
data in this field in packed
decimal format. If fewer than
twenty characters are used, filers
may either left or right justify,
filling the remaining positions
with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
45 IRA/SEP 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter "1" (one)
Indicator if reporting a distribution from
(See Note) an IRA or SEP; otherwise, enter a
blank.
Note: Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA
or SEP in Payment Amount Field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as
Payment Amount Field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record. A
payer may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by using
the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 49) of the
"B" Record. However, still report the amount distributed in
Payment Amount Fields 1 and 2. Refer to the 1995 "Instruction
for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2-G"for exceptions.
_________________________________________________________________
46-47 Percentage 2 Form 1099-R only. Use this field
of Total when reporting a total
Distribution distribution to more than one
person, such as when a participant
dies and a payer distributes to
two or more beneficiaries.
Therefore, if the percentage is
100, leave this field blank. If
the percentage is a fraction,
round off to the nearest whole
number (for example, 10.4 percent
will be 10 percent; 10.5 percent
or more will be 11 percent).
Enter the percentage received by
the person whose TIN is included
in positions 16-24 of the "B"
Record. This field must be right-
justified, and unused positions
must be zero filled. If not
applicable, enter blanks. A payer
need not enter this information
for IRA or SEP distributions or
for direct rollovers.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
48 Total 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"
Distribution (one) only if the payment shown
Indicator for Amount Code 1 is a total
distribution that closed out the
account; otherwise, enter a blank.
Note: A total distribution is one or more distributions within
one tax year in which the entire balance of the account is
distributed. Any distribution that does not meet this definition
is not a total distribution.
_________________________________________________________________
49 Taxable 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"
Amount Not (one) only if the taxable amount
Determined of the payment entered for Payment
Indicator Amount Field 1 (Gross
Distribution) of the "B" Record,
cannot be computed, otherwise,
enter blank. If the Taxable
Amount Not Determined Indicator is
used, enter "0" (zeros) in Payment
Amount Field 2 of the Payee "B"
Record unless the IRA/SEP
Indicator is present.(See NOTE)
Please make every effort to
compute the taxable amount.
Note: If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, the
Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator may be used; but, it is
not required. If the IRA/SEP Indicator is present, the amount of
the distribution should be reported in Payment Amount Fields 1
and 2. Refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,
5498, and W-2G" for more information.
Filers are instructed to enter numeric information in all
payment fields when filing magnetically or electronically. However,
when reporting information on the statement to recipient, the payer
may be instructed to leave a box blank. Follow the guidelines
provided in the paper instructions for the statement to recipient.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
50-51 Blank 2 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
Payment Required. Filers must allow for
Amount Fields all payment amounts. For those
(Must be numeric) not used, filers must enter zeros.
For example: If position 23, Type
of Return, of the "A" Record is
"A" for 1099-MISC and positions
24-32, Amount Codes, are
"1247bbbbb". (In this example,
"b" denotes blanks in the desig-
nated positions. Do not enter the
letter "b". This indicates the
payer is reporting any or all four
payment amounts (1247) in all of
the following "B" Records. Payment
Amount 1 will represent Rents.
Payment Amount 2 will represent
Royalties. Payment Amount 3 will
be all "0's" (zeros). Payment
Amount 4 will represent Federal
income tax withheld. Payment
Amounts 5 and 6 will be all "0's"
(zeros). Payments Amount 7 will
represent Nonemployee compensation.
Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be all
"0's" (zeros). Each payment field
must contain 10 numeric characters
(see Note). Each payment amount
must be entered in U.S. dollars and
cents. The right-most two positions
represent cents in the payment
amount fields. Do not enter dollar
signs, commas, decimal points, or
negative payments, except those items
that reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.
Positive and negative amounts are
indicated by placing a "+" (plus
sign) or "-" (minus sign) in the
left-most position of the payment
amount field.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Payment Amount A negative overpunch in the units
Fields (Cont'd) position may be used, instead of a
minus sign, to indicate a negative
amount. If a plus sign, minus sign, or
negative overpunch is not used, the
number is assumed to be positive.
Negative overpunch cannot be used
in PC created files. Payment amount
must be right-justified and unused
positions must be zero filled. Federal
income tax withheld cannot be reported
as a negative amount on any form.
Note: If a payer is reporting a money amount in excess of
9999999999 (dollars and cents), it must be reported as follows:
(1) The first "B" Record MUST contain 9999999999.
(2) The second "B" record will contain the remaining
money amount.
DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN HALF.
______________________________________________________________________
52-61 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 1* represents payments for Amount
Code 1 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
62-71 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 2* represents payments for Amount
Code 2 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
72-81 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 3* represents payments for Amount
Code 3 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
82-91 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 4* represents payments for Amount
Code 4 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
92-101 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 5* represents payments for Amount
Code 5 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
102-111 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 6* represents payments for Amount
Code 6 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
112-121 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 7* represents payments for Amount
Code 7 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
122-128 Blank 7 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-12 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 8* represents payments for Amount
Code 8 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
13-22 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 9* represents payments for Amount
Code 9 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
* If there are discrepancies between these payment amount
fields and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in
this revenue procedure govern.
_________________________________________________________________
23-42 Blank 20 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
43 Foreign 1 If the address of the payee is in
Country a foreign country, enter a "1"
Indicator (one) in this field, otherwise,
enter blank. When using this
indicator, payers may use a free
format for the payee city, state
and ZIP Code. Address information
must not appear in the First or
Second Payee Name Line.
________________________________________________________________
44-83 First Payee 40 Required. Enter the name of the
Name Line payee (preferably surname first)
whose Taxpayer Identification
Number (TIN) was provided in
Sector 1, positions 16-24 of the
"B" Record. Left justify and
fill unused positions with
blanks. If more space is
required for the name, utilize
the Second Payee Name Line
Field. If there are multiple
payees, only the name of the
payee whose TIN has been
provided should be entered in
this field. The names of the
other payees may be entered
in the Second Payee Name
Line Field. If reporting
information for a sole
proprietor, the individual's
name must always be present,
preferably on the First Payee
Name Line. The use of the
business name is optional in
the Second Payee Name Line.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the
"A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest
(the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying
the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.
For Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/
transferor information.
For Form 5498, "Inherited IRAs," enter the beneficiary's
name followed by the word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian
Young as beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that
signifies that the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. Filers may
abbreviate the word "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef".
Refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and
W-2G". The beneficiary's TIN should be reported in Sector 1,
position 16-24 of the "B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
84-123 Second Payee 40 If there are multiple payees,
Name Line (e.g., partners, joint owners, or
spouses) use this field for those
names not associated with the TIN
provided in Sector 1, positions
16-24 of the "B" Record or if not
enough space was provided in the
First Payee Name Line, continue
the name in this field. Do not
enter address information. It
is important that payers provide
as much payee information to
IRS/MCC as possible to identify
the payee assigned the TIN. Left
justify and fill unused positions
with blanks. Fill with blanks if
no entries are present for this
field.
_________________________________________________________________
124-128 Blank 5 Enter blanks
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 3
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "3" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This field
must not contain any data other
than the payee's mailing address.
For U.S. addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be
reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state , and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field in Sector 2,
position 43 must contain a "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
43-71 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town,
or post office. Left justify and
fill the unused positions with
blanks. Enter APO or FPO if
applicable. Do not enter state
and ZIP Code information in this
field.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 3 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
72-73 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service abbreviations for
states or possessions the
appropriate postal identifier (AA,
AE, or AP) described in Part A,
Sec. 18.
_________________________________________________________________
74-82 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine
Code digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only the
first five digits are known, left
justify and fill the unused
positions with blanks. For
foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as long
as the filer has entered a "1"
(one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator Field located in
position 43 of Sector 2 of the "B"
Record.
_________________________________________________________________
83-128 Blank 46 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4
_________________________________________________________________
The following field descriptions describe the record positions
for Sector 4 of the "B" Record for Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G,
1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498. If a payer is
not a Combined Federal/State Payer, or if they are not utilizing
the Special Data Entries Field, Sector 4 can be eliminated for
all "B" Records except Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID,
1099-S, AND W-2G. See Part E, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for
the field descriptions for Section 4 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B,
1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "4" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-69 Special Data 67 This portion of the "B" Record may
Entries be used to record information for
state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
70-71 Combined 2 If this payee record is to be
Federal/State forwarded to a state agency as
Code part of the Combined Federal/State
Filing Program, enter the valid
state code from Part A, Sec. 16,
Table 1. For those payers or
states not participating in this
program or for forms not valid for
state reporting, enter blanks.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
72-128 Blank 57 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G.
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYMENT : DOCUMENT : 2ND :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : YEAR : SPECIFIC/ : TIN :
: : : : DISTRIBUTION : NOTICE :
: : : : CODE : (OPTIONAL) :
:__________:________:_________:______________:____________:
1 2 3-4 5-6 7
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: CORRECTED : : DIRECT : : TYPE : TAXPAYER :
: RETURN : NAME : SALES : BLANK : OF : IDENTIFICATION :
: INDICATOR : CONTROL*:INDICATOR: : TIN* : NUMBER* :
:___________:_________:_________:_______:______:________________:
8 9-12 13 14 15 16-24
__________________________________________________________
: : : : :
: PAYER'S : : PERCENTAGE : TOTAL :
: ACCOUNT NUMBER : IRA/SEP : OF TOTAL : DISTRIBUTION :
: FOR PAYEE* : INDICATOR : DISTRIBUTION : INDICATOR :
:________________:___________:______________:______________:
25-44 45 46-47 48
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_______________________________________________________________
: TAXABLE : : : : : :
: AMT NOT : : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT :
: DETERMINED : BLANK : AMOUNT 1 : AMOUNT 2 : AMOUNT 3 : AMOUNT 4:
: INDICATOR : : : : : :
:____________:_______:__________:__________:__________:_________:
49 50-51 52-61 62-71 72-81 82-91
________________________________________
: : : : :
: PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : BLANK :
: AMOUNT 5 : AMOUNT 6 : AMOUNT 7 : :
: : : : :
:__________:__________:__________:_______:
92-101 102-111 112-121 122-128
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS - Continued
SECTOR 2
_____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : : FOREIGN :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : AMOUNT 8 : AMOUNT 9 : BLANK : COUNTRY :
: : : : : : INDICATOR :
:__________:________:__________:__________:_______:___________:
1 2 3-12 13-22 23-42 43
_________________________________
: : : :
: FIRST : SECOND : :
: PAYEE NAME : PAYEE NAME : BLANK :
: LINE* : LINE* : :
:____________:____________:_______:
44-83 84-123 124-128
SECTOR 3
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : MAILING : CITY : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:
: : : ADDRESS : : : : :
:__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:
1 2 3-42 43-71 72-73 74-82 83-128
SECTOR 4 (See Part D, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for the
Record Layouts for Sector 4 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,
1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G.)
SECTOR 3 - Continued
_________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: : : : COMBINED : :
: RECORD : RECORD : SPECIAL : FEDERAL/ : BLANKS :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : DATA : STATE : :
: : : ENTRIES : CODE : :
:__________:________:_________:__________:________:
1 2 3-69 70-71 72-128
* When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.
SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A
.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-A.
.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.
.03 Form 1099-A cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "4" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-23 Special Data 21 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
24-29 Date of 6 Forms 1099-A only. Payers
Lender's should enter the acquisition date
Acquisition or of the secured property or the
Knowledge of date they first knew or had reason
to know the property was abandoned
in the format MMDDYY (e.g.,
102295). Do not enter hyphens or
slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
30 Liability 1 1099-A only. Enter the appropriate
Indicator indicator from the table below:
Indicator Usage
1 Borrower was
personally liable
for repayment of the
debt.
Blank Borrower was not
liable for repayment
of the debt.
_________________________________________________________________
31-69 Description 39 Form 1099-A only. Enter a brief
of Property description of the property. For
real property, enter the address,
or if the address does not
sufficiently identify the
property, enter the section, lot,
and block. For personal property,
enter the type, make and model
(e.g., Car-1995 Buick Regal or
office equipment). Enter "CCC"
for crops forfeited on Commodity
Credit Corporation loans. If
fewer than 39 positions are
required, left justify and fill
unused positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
70-128 Blank 59 Enter blanks
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A
SECTOR 4 - Form 1099-A
_______________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : SPECIAL : DATE OF : LIABILITY :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : DATA : LENDER'S : INDICATOR :
: : : ENTRIES : ACQUISITION : :
:__________:________:_________:_____________:___________:
1 2 3-23 24-29 30
_____________________
: : :
: : :
: DESCRIPTION : BLANK :
: OF PROPERTY : :
:_____________:_______:
31-69 70-128
SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B
.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-B.
.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2, and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-B.
.03 Form 1099-B cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "4" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B".
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-12 Special Data 10 This portion of the "B" Record may
Entries be used to record information for
state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should
contact the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not used, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
13 Gross 1 Form 1099-B only. Enter the
Proceeds appropriate indicator from
Indicator the following table, otherwise,
enter blanks.
Indicator Usage
1 Gross proceeds
2 Gross proceeds less
commission and
option premiums.
_________________________________________________________________
14-19 Date of 6 Form 1099-B only. For broker
Sale transactions, enter the trade date
of the transaction. For barter
exchanges, enter the date,when
cash, property, a credit, or
script is actually or
constructively received in the
format MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).
Enter blanks if this is an
aggregate transaction. Do not
enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
20-32 CUSIP Number 13 Form 1099-B only. For broker
transactions only, enter the CUSIP
(Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures) number
of the item reported for Amount
Code 2 (stocks, bonds, etc.).
Enter blanks if this is an
aggregate transaction. Enter "0"
(zeros) if the number is not
available. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
33-71 Description 39 Form 1099-B only. Enter a brief
description of the item or
services or property for which the
proceeds or bartering is being
reported. If fewer than 39
characters are required, left
justify and fill unused positions
with blanks. For broker
transactions, enter a brief
description of the disposition
item, (e.g., 100 shares of XYZ
Corp.). For regulated futures and
forward contracts, enter "RFC" or
other appropriate description and
any amount subject to backup
withholding. For bartering
transactions show the services or
property provided.
Note: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included
in Amount Code 4.
_________________________________________________________________
72-128 Blank 57 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B
SECTOR 4 - 1099-B
_________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : SPECIAL : GROSS : DATE : CUSIP :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : DATA : PROCEEDS : OF : NUMBER :
: : : ENTRIES : INDICATOR : SALE : :
:__________:________:_________:___________:______:________:
1 2 3-12 13 14-19 20-32
_____________________
: : :
: DESCRIPTION : BLANK :
:_____________:_______:
33-71 72-128
SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-C
.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-C.
.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-C.
.03 Form 1099-C cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "4" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4
_________________________________________________________________
3-23 Special Data 21 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
24-29 Date 6 Forms 1099-C only. Payers should
Canceled enter the date when the debt was
canceled in the format of MMDDYY
(i.e., 102295). Do not enter
hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
30 Bankruptcy 1 1099-C only. Enter "1" (one) to
Indicator indicate the debt was discharged
in bankruptcy.
Indicator Usage
1 Debt was discharged
in bankruptcy.
Blank Debt was not
discharged
in bankruptcy.
_________________________________________________________________
31-69 Debt 39 Form 1099-C only. Enter a
Description description of the origin or debt,
such as student loan, mortgage,
or credit card expenditure. If a
combined Form 1099-C and 1099-A is
also being filed, also enter a
description of the property.
_________________________________________________________________
70-128 Blank 59 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-C
SECTOR 4 - Form 1099-C
_______________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : SPECIAL : DATE : BANKRUPTCY:
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : DATA : CANCELED : INDICATOR :
: : : ENTRIES : : :
:__________:________:_________:_____________:___________:
1 2 3-23 24-29 30
_____________________
: : :
: DEBT : :
: DESCRIPTION : BLANK :
: : :
:_____________:_______:
31-69 70-128
SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID
.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-OID.
.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "4" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - CONTINUED
FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-30 Special Data 28 This portion of the "B" Record may
Entries be used to record information for
state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
31-69 Description 39 Required. Form 1099-OID only.
Enter the CUSIP number, if any.
If there is no CUSIP number, enter
the abbreviation for the stock
exchange and issuer, the coupon
rate and year of maturity (e.g.,
NYSE XYZ 12 1/2 96). Show the
name of the issuer if other than
the payer. If fewer than 39
characters are required, left
justify and fill unused positions
with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
70-71 Combined 2 If a payee record is to be
Federal/ forwarded to a state agency as
State Code part of the Combined Federal/State
Filing Program, enter the valid
state code from Part A, Sec. 16,
Table l. For those payers or
states not participating in this
program, or for forms not valid
for state reporting, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
72-128 Blank 57 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID
SECTOR 4 - 1099-OID
______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: : : : : COMBINED : :
: RECORD : RECORD : SPECIAL : : FEDERAL/ : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : DATA : DESCRIPTION : STATE : BLANK :
: : : ENTRIES : : CODE : :
:__________:________:_________:_____________:__________:_______:
1 2 3-30 31-69 70-71 72-128
SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S
.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-S.
.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-S.
.03 Form 1099-S cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "4" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued
FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-25 Special Data 23 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
26-31 Date of 6 Required. Form 1099-S only.
Closing Enter the closing date in the
format MMDDYY (e.g., 102295). Do
not enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
32-70 Address or 39 Required. Form 1099-S only.
Legal Enter the address of the property
Description transferred (including city,
state, and ZIP Code). If the
address does not sufficiently
identify the property, also enter
a legal description, such as
section, lot, and block. For
timber royalties, enter "Timber".
If fewer than 39 positions are
required, left justify and fill
unused positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
71 Property 1 Required. Form 1099-S only.
or Services Enter "1" (one) if the transferor
Received or received or will receive property
To Be Received (other than cash and consideration
treated as cash in computing gross
proceeds) or services as part of
the consideration for the property
transferred. Otherwise, enter a
blank.
_________________________________________________________________
72-128 Blank 57 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S
SECTOR 4 - 1099-S
_____________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : SPECIAL : DATE OF : ADDRESS OR :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : DATA : CLOSING : LEGAL :
: : : ENTRIES : : DESCRIPTION :
:__________:________:_________:_________:_____________:
1 2 3-25 26-31 32-70
_____________________
: : :
: PROPERTY OR : :
: SERVICES : BLANK :
: RECEIVED : :
:_____________:_______:
71 72-128
When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor information.
SECTION 13. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.
.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form W-2G.
.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form W-2G.
.03 Form W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM W-2G - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "4" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-8 Date Won 6 Form W-2G only. Enter the date of
the winning event in the format
MMDDYY (e.g., 102295). This is
not the date the money was paid,
if paid after the date of the race
(or game). Do not enter hyphens
or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued
FORM W-2G - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
9-23 Transaction 15 Required. Form W-2G only.
For state-conducted lotteries,
enter the ticket or other
identifying number. For keno,
bingo, and slot machines, enter
the ticket or card number (and
color, if applicable), machine
serial number, or any other
information that will help
identify the winning transaction.
All others, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
24-28 Race 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter the race (or game) relating
to the winning ticket. Otherwise,
enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
29-33 Cashier 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter the initials of the cashier
making the winning payment;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
34-38 Window 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter the window number or
location of the person paying the
winnings; otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
39-53 First ID 15 Form W-2G only. For other than
state lotteries, enter the first
identification number of the
person receiving the winnings;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM W-2G - SECTOR 4 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 4 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
54-68 Second ID 15 Form W-2G only. For other than
state lotteries, enter the
second identification number of
the person receiving the winnings;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
69-128 Blank 60 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G
SECTOR 4 - W-2G
_____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : : : : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : DATE WON : TRANSACTION : RACE : CASHIER :
:__________:________:__________:_____________:______:_________:
1 2 3-8 9-23 24-28 29-33
_________________________________
: : : : :
: : FIRST : SECOND : :
: WINDOW : ID : ID : BLANK :
:________:_______:________:_______:
34-38 39-53 54-68 69-128
SECTION 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of 2 Sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total Fields are each 15 positions in length.
.02 The "C" Record consists of the total number of payees and the totals of the Payment Amount Fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.
.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-116 of Sector 1 and positions 3-32 of Sector 2 would be zero filled.
.04 Payers/transmitters should verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "1" (one) to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payer record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "C"
_________________________________________________________________
3-8 Number of 6 Required. Enter the total number
Payees of "B" Records covered by the
preceding "A" Record. Right
justify and zero fill.
_________________________________________________________________
9-11 Blank 3 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Required. Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in the
"B" Records into the appropriate control total fields of the "C"
Record. Control totals must be right-justified and unused
control total fields zero filled. All control total fields are
15 positions in length.
12-26 Control 15
Total 1
27-41 Control 15
Total 2
42-56 Control 15
Total 3
57-71 Control 15
Total 4
72-86 Control 15
Total 5
87-101 Control 15
Total 6
102-116 Control 15
Total 7
_________________________________________________________________
117-128 Blank 12 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2". Used to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payer record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "C"
_________________________________________________________________
3-17 Control 15
Total 8
18-32 Control 15
Total 9
_________________________________________________________________
33-128 Blank 96 Enter blanks
END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTOR 1
________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : NUMBER : : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : OF : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 :
: : : PAYEES : : : :
:__________:________:________:_______:_________:_________:
1 2 3-8 9-11 12-26 27-41
___________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : :
: TOTAL 3 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : BLANK :
:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:
42-56 57-71 72-86 87-101 102-116 117-128
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : CONTROL : CONTROL : BLANK :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : TOTAL 8 : TOTAL 9 : :
:__________:________:_________:_________:_________:
1 2 3-17 18-32 33-128
SECTION 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of 2 sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total Fields are each 15 positions in length.
.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Use only when state reporting approval has been granted.
.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the Payment Amount Fields filed for a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.
.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.
.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.
.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 16 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file via this program.
RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "1" (one) to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payer record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "K"
_________________________________________________________________
3-8 Number of 6 Required. Enter the total number
Payees of "B" Records being coded for
this state. Right justify and
zero fill.
_________________________________________________________________
9-11 Blank 3 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
Required. Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in
the "B" Records for each state being reported, into the
appropriate control total fields of the appropriate "K" Record.
Control totals must be right-justified and unused control total
fields zero filled. All control total fields are 15 positions in
length.
12-26 Control 15
Total 1
27-41 Control 15
Total 2
42-56 Control 15
Total 3
57-71 Control 15
Total 4
72-86 Control 15
Total 5
87-101 Control 15
Total 6
102-116 Control 15
Total 7
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
117-128 Blank 12 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2." to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payer record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "K"
_________________________________________________________________
3-17 Control 15
Total 8
18-32 Control 15
Total 9
_________________________________________________________________
33-126 Blank 94 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
127-128 Combined 2 Required. Enter the code assigned
Federal/ to the state which is to receive
State Code the information. (Refer to Part
A, Sec. 16, Table 1.)
_________________________________________________________________
END OF PAYER "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTOR 1
________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : NUMBER : : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : OF : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 :
: : : PAYEES : : : :
:__________:________:________:_______:_________:_________:
1 2 3-8 9-11 12-26 27-41
___________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : :
: TOTAL 3 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : BLANK :
:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:
42-56 57-71 72-86 87-101 102-116 117-128
SECTOR 2
____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: : : : : : COMBINED :
: RECORD : RECORD : CONTROL : CONTROL : : FEDERAL/ :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : TOTAL 8 : TOTAL 9 : BLANK : STATE :
: : : : : : CODE :
:__________:________:_________:_________:_________:__________:
1 2 3-17 18-32 33-126 127-128
SECTION 16. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 128-position sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.
.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "F"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
2-5 Number of 4 Enter the total number of
"A" Records Payer "A" Records in the entire
file (right justify and zero fill)
or enter all zeros.
_________________________________________________________________
6-30 Zero 25 Enter zeros
_________________________________________________________________
31-128 Blank 98 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTOR 1
_____________________________________________
: : : : :
: RECORD : NUMBER OF : : :
: TYPE : "A" RECORDS : ZERO : BLANK :
:__________:_______________:________:_________:
1 2-5 6-30 31-128
PART F. DOUBLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. GENERAL
.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a double density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.
.02 IRS will be eliminating 8-inch diskettes as a acceptable type of media in calendar year 1997 (Tax Year 1996). Filers currently reporting on 8-inch diskettes MUST make arrangements to file on 1/2-inch magnetic tape, tape cartridge (IBM 3480/3490 or AS400 compatible), 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskettes or electronically.
.03 To be compatible, a double density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:
(a) 8-inches in diameter.
(b) Recorded in EBCDIC.
(c) Contains 77 cylinders (A cylinder refers to both
of the tracks available to the read/write heads at
any of the 77 locations on the double sided,
double density diskette).
(1) Cylinder 00 is the index cylinder. The
operating system reserves cylinder 00 for the
directory information and writes the file
name and location in the directory; data
cannot be written in cylinder 00).
(2) Cylinders 1-74 are the primary data
cylinders.
(3) Cylinders 75 and 76 are reserved for
alternate cylinder assignment.
(d) Each track contains 26 sectors; therefore, each
cylinder contains 52 sectors.
(e) Each sector must contain 256 bytes.
(f) Data must be recorded on both sides of the
diskette.
(g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft
sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double
density, soft sectored diskettes. Part E provides
specifications for single density diskettes which have
sectors of 128 bytes.
(h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the
above specifications. If using other processors,
data should be recorded in the Basic Data Exchange
(EBCDIC) format.
(i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.
(j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to which
type of data (double sided/double density) is on
each diskette, and the entire file should consist
of all double sided/double density diskettes.
.04 Exchange files are created through the Transfer command and Copyfile files are created through the Copy command. In order to do this, initialize the diskettes using the FORMAT parameter in the INIT procedure. IRS/MCC encourages filers to use blank or currently formatted diskettes when preparing files. If extraneous data follows the end of the "F" Record, the file must be returned for replacement.
.05 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing.
SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL
The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.
The header label on the diskette must be located in Track 0, Sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. If a filer's system automatically creates a header label, this is not necessary. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume Indicator (position 45) in the diskette header label must contain a "C".
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: HDR1 :BLANK: DATA SET (FILE) :BLANK: SECTOR :BLANK: BEGINNING :
: : : NAME (FOR TRANS-: : LENGTH : : OF DATA :
: : : MITTER'S USE) : : : : :
: (a) : (b) : (c) : (b) : (d) : (b) : (e) :
:______:_____:_________________:_____:________:_____:___________:
1-4 5 6-13 14-22 23-27 28 29-33
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
:BLANK: END OF :BLANK: BYPASS : DATA SET : WRITE :FILE :
: : DATA : : DATA SET : ACCESSIBILITY : PROJECT :TYPE :
: (b) : (f) : (b) : (g) : (h) : (i) : (j) :
:_____:________:_____:__________:_______________:_________:_____:
34 35-39 40 41 42 43 44
________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: MULTI- : SEQUENCE :BLANK : EXPIRATION : VERIFY : BLANK :
: VOLUME : NUMBER : : DATA : MARK : :
: : : : YYMMDD : : :
: (k) : (l) : (b) : (m) : (n) : (b) :
:________:__________:______:____________:________:_______:
45 46-47 48-66 67-72 73 74
________________
: :
: NEXT AVAILABLE :
: DATA :
: POSITION :
: (o) :
:________________:
75-79
(a) Header 1 - Positions 1 through 4; enter HDR1.
(b) Unused - Any field marked blank is unused and should
contain only blanks.
(c) Data Set (File) Name - Positions 6 through 13; use this
field to identify a filer's data set. The Data Set
Name must begin with an alphabetic character. This
name should be the same for every diskette in a file.
(d) Sector Length - Positions 23 through 27; enter the
sector length 256 in positions 25-27 and fill positions
23 and 24 with zeros.
(e) Beginning of Data - Positions 29 through 33; enter the
five-digit address designated for the first record of
this data set, xx0yy (xx = track number, yy = sector
number). For example, if the first record is in track
01, sector 02, enter 01002.
(f) End of Data - Positions 35 through 39; enter the
five-digit address of the last position of the diskette
reserved for this data set. For example, to reserve
the entire diskette for a data set, enter 73026.
(g) Bypass Data Set - Position 41; this field is not
accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.
(h) Data Set Accessibility - Position 42; this field is not
accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.
(i) Write Protect - Position 43; this field defines the
protected status of the associated data set. P = read
only; blank = read/write. With P in this position, a
filer can only select the Update (U) mode.
(j) Position 44, File Type, enter an "e" if to indicate an
exchange file; otherwise, enter blank.
(k) Multi-Volume - Position 45; this field indicates that a
complete data set is on a diskette. Blank = data set
complete; C = data set continued on another diskette;
L = last diskette of a multi-diskette data set.
(l) Sequence Number - Position 46 and 47 - For Copyfile
files only. Sequentially ascending numbers must be
entered in every diskette header label.
(m) Expiration Date - Positions 67 through 72; may be used
to contain the date that the data set expires, YYMMDD
(YY = year, MM = month, DD = day). This field is not
accessed by IRS; any characters are acceptable.
(n) Verify Mark - Position 73; this field is used to
indicate the data set was verified. If verified enter
V, if not enter a blank.
(o) Next Available Data Position - Positions 75-79. Enter
the address of the next available position after End of
Data (f). In positions 75 and 76 enter the track
number, in position 77 enter a "0" (zero), and in
positions 78-79 enter the sector number.
SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION
.01 The Payer "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.
.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.
.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if a payer is filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2 and 3, all three amount codes should be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.
.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record appearing must be an "A" Record. Each "A" Record will consist of at least one 256 position sector; however, if a filer is transmitting for someone other than themselves, 2 sectors are required.
.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette. However, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A single diskette may contain different types of returns, but the returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.
.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records, however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS/MCC will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.
.07 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.
.08 When filing Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest referred to as the "payer" in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
Note: For all fields marked Required, a transmitter must provide
the information described under Description and Remarks. For
fields not marked Required, a transmitter must allow for the
field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the
indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD
(Continued)
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter "1" (one) to
Sequence sequence the sectors making
up an "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "A"
_________________________________________________________________
3-4 Payment Year 2 Required. Enter "95" (unless
reporting prior year data).
________________________________________________________________
5-7 Diskette 3 The diskette sequence number is
Sequence incremented by 1 for each
Number diskette on the file starting
with 001. The transmitter may
enter blanks or zeros in this
field. IRS bypasses this
information. Indicate the proper
sequence on the external label
Form 5064.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
8-16 Payer's 9 Required. Must be the valid
TIN nine-digit Taxpayer
Identification Number assigned to
the payer. Do not enter blanks,
hyphens, or alpha characters.
All zeros, ones, twos, etc. will
have the effect of an incorrect
TIN. For foreign entities not
required to have a TIN, this
field may be blank. However, the
Foreign Entity Indicator,
position 50 Sector 1, of the "A"
Record should be set to "1"
(one).
_________________________________________________________________
17-20 Payer Name 4 The Payer Name Control can be
Control obtained only from the mail label
on the Package 1099 that is
mailed to most payers on record
each December. To distinguish
between the Package 1099 and the
Magnetic Media Reporting (MMR)
Package, the Package 1099
contains instructions for paper
filing only, and the mail label
on the package contains a four
(4) character name control. The
MMR Package contains instructions
for filing magnetically or
electronically. This mail label
does not contain a name control.
Names of less than four (4)
characters should be left-
justified, filling the unused
positions with blanks. If a
Package 1099 has not been
received or the Payer Name
Control is unknown, this field
must be blank filled.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
21 Last Filing 1 Enter a "1" (one) if this is the
Indicator last year the payer will file,
otherwise, enter blank. Use this
indicator if the payer will not
be filing information returns
under this payer name and TIN in
the future either magnetically,
electronically, or on paper.
_________________________________________________________________
22 Combined 1 Required for the Combined
Federal/State Federal/State Filing Program.
Filer Enter "1" (one) if participating
in the Combined Federal/State
Filing Program, otherwise, enter
blank. Refer to Part A, Sec. 16
for further information. Forms
1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,
1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed
under this program.
_________________________________________________________________
23 Type of 1 Required. Enter appropriate
Return code from table below:
Type of Return Code
1098 3
1099-A 4
1099-B B
1099-C 5
1099-DIV 1
1099-G F
1099-INT 6
1099-MISC A
1099-OID D
1099-PATR 7
1099-R 9
1099-S S
5498 L
W-2G W
________________________________________________________________
_ RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
-----------------------------------------------------------------
24-32 Amount 9 Required. Enter the appropriate
Codes amount code for the type of
(See Note) return being reported.
Generally, for each amount code
entered in this field, a
corresponding payment amount must
appear in the Payee "B" Record.
In most cases, the box numbers
on paper information returns
correspond with the amount codes
used to file magnetically/
electronically. However, if
discrepancies occur, this revenue
procedure governs.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Example of Amount Codes: If sector 1, position 23 of the
'A' Record is "A" (for 1099-MISC) and positions 24-32 are
"1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the
designated positions. Do not enter the letter 'b'.), this
indicates the payer is reporting any or all four payment
amounts (1247) in all of the following "B" Records.
The first payment amount field in the "B" Record will
be represent Rents;
the second will represent Royalties;
the third will be all "0" (zeros);
the fourth will represent "Federal income tax
withheld";
the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);
the seventh will represent Nonemployed compensation;
and
the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Enter the amount codes in ascending sequence (i.e.,
1247bbbbb; "b" denotes blanks; do not enter the letter "b"),
left justify information and fill unused positions with blanks.,
For further clarification of the Amount Codes, contact IRS/MCC.
Note: A type of return and an amount code must be present in
every Payer "A" Record even if no money amounts are being
reported. For a detailed explanation of the information to be
reported in each amount code, refer to the 1995 "Instructions for
Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Mortgage Interest
Form 1098 - Received From Payers/Borrowers
Mortgage (Payer of Record) on Form 1098:
Interest Amount
Statement Code Amount Type
1 Mortgage interest
received from
payers/borrowers
2 Points paid on purchase
of principal residence
3 Refund of overpaid
interest
Amount Codes For Reporting the Acquisition or
Form 1099-A - Abandonment of Secured Property
Acquisition or on Form 1099-A:
Abandonment of Amount
Secured Property Code Amount Type
(See Note 1) 2 Balance of principal
outstanding
4 Fair market value of
property (See Note 2)
Note 1: If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in
connection with the acquisition or abandonment of secured
property and the filer would be required to file both Forms
1099-A and 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, the filer is required to
file Form 1099-C only. See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms
1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on
Coordination with Form 1099-C.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note 2: Amounts previously reported under Amount Code 3, "Gross
foreclosure proceeds", are now reported under Amount Code 4,
which has been changed from "Appraisal value" to "Fair market
value of property". See the 1995 "Instruction for Forms 1099,
1098, 5498, and W-2G for further information.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-B - 1099-B:
Proceeds from Amount
Broker and Barter Code Amount Type
Exchange
Transactions 2 Stocks, bonds, etc. (For
forward contracts, see
Note 1.)
3 Bartering (Do not report
negative amounts.)
4 Federal income tax
withheld
(backup withholding) (Do
not report negative
amounts.)
6 Profit or loss realized
in 1995 on Regulated
Futures Contracts. (See
Note 2)
7 Unrealized profit or
loss on open contracts
12/31/94. (See Note 2)
8 Unrealized profit or
loss on open contracts
12/31/95. (See Note 2)
9 Aggregate profit or
loss. (See Note 2)
Note 1: The payment amount field associated with Amount Code 2
may be used to represent a loss from a closing transaction on a
Forward Contract. Refer to the "B" Record - General Field
Descriptions, Payment Amount Fields, for instructions on
reporting negative amounts.
Note 2: Payment Amount Fields 6, 7, 8, and 9 are for the
reporting of Regulated Futures Contracts.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Cancellation of
Form 1099-C - Debt on Form 1099-C:
Cancellation of Debt Amount
(See Note 1) Code Amount Type
2 Amount of debt
canceled
(see Note 2)
3 Interest included in
Amount Code 2
4 Penalties, fines or
administrative costs
included in Amount Code 2
7 Fair market value of
property (see Note 3)
Note 1: If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in
connection with the acquisition or abandonment of property and
the filer would be required to file both Forms 1099-C and 1099-A.
Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property, the filer is
required to file form 1099-C only. See the 1995 "Instructions
for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on
Coordination with Form 1099-A.
Note 2: A debt is any amount owed to the debtor including
principal, interest, penalties, administrative costs, and fines,
to the extent they are indebtedness under section 61(a)(12). The
amount of debt discharged or canceled may be all or only part of
the total amount owed. See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms
1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information.
Note 3: Amount Code 7 will be used only if a combined Form
1099-A and 1099-C is being filed. See the 1995 "Instructions for
Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on
reporting the fair market value of property and Coordination with
Form 1099-A.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-DIV - Form 1099-DIV:
Dividends and Amount
Distributions Code Amount Type
1 Gross dividends and other
distributions on stock
(see Note)
2 Ordinary dividends (see
Note)
3 Capital gain
distributions (see Note)
_________________________________________________________________
Form 1099-DIV - 4 Nontaxable distributions
(Cont.) (if determinable) (see
Note)
5 Investment expenses (see
Note)
6 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
7 Foreign tax paid
8 Cash liquidation
distributions
9 Noncash liquidation
distributions (show
fair market value)
Note: Amount Code 1 must be present (unless the payer is using
Amount Codes 8 or 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts
reported in Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present
for Amount Code 1, there must be an amount present for Amount
Codes 2-5 as applicable.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-G - 1099-G:
Certain Amount
Government Code Amount Type
Payments
1 Unemployment compensation
2 State or local income tax
refunds, credits or
offsets
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
6 Taxable grants
7 Agriculture payments
*NOTE: Payments previously reported under Amount Code 5 for
discharge of indebtedness are now reportable on Form 1099-C.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-INT - 1099-INT:
Interest Income Amount
Code Amount Type
1 Interest income not
included in Amount Code 3
2 Early withdrawal penalty
3 Interest on U.S. Savings
Bonds and Treasury
obligations
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
5 Foreign tax paid
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-MISC - 1099-MISC:
Miscellaneous Amount
Income Code Amount Type
1 Rents (see Note 1)
2 Royalties (see Note 2)
3 Other income
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding and
withholding on payments
of Indian gaming profits)
5 Fishing boat proceeds
6 Medical and health care
payments
7 Nonemployed compensation
or crop insurance
proceeds (see Note 3)
8 Substitute payments in
lieu of dividends or
interest
9 Excess golden parachute
payments
(FILERS SEE NOTE 4)
Note 1: If reporting the Direct Sales Indicator only, use Type
of Return Code A for 1099-MISC in position 23, and Amount Code 1
in position 24 of the Payer "A" Record. All payment amount
fields in the Payee "B" Record will contain zeros.
Note 2: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut"
contract; these should be reported on Form 1099-S.
Note 3: Amount Code 7 is normally used to report nonemployed
compensation. However, Amount Code 7 may also be used to report
crop insurance proceeds. See positions 5-6, Sector 1, of the "B"
Record for instructions. If nonemployed compensation and crop
insurance proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate
"B" Record for each transaction is required.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note 4: For the convenience of the payer, the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record may be used to report state
and local income tax withheld. This information does not need to
be reported to IRS.
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-OID - 1099-OID:
Original Issue Amount
Discount Code Amount Type
1 Original issue
discount for 1995
2 Other periodic interest
3 Early withdrawal penalty
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-PATR - 1099-PATR:
Taxable Amount
Distributions Code Amount Type
Received From
Cooperatives 1 Patronage dividends
2 Nonpatronage
distributions
3 Per-unit retain
allocations
4 Federal income tax
withheld (backup
withholding)
5 Redemption of
nonqualified notices and
retain allocations
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Pass-Through Credits
(see Note)
6 For filers use
7 Energy investment credit
(see Note)
8 Jobs credit (see Note)
9 Patron's Alternative
Minimum Tax Adjustment
Note: Amount Codes 6, 7, 8 and 9 are reserved for the patron's
share of unused credits that the cooperative is passing through
to the patron. Other credits, such as the Indian employment
credit may be reported in Amount Code 6. The title of the credit
reported in Amount Code 6 should be reported in the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record. The amounts shown for
Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and 9 must be reported to the payee. These
Amount Codes for Pass-Through Credits and the Special Data
Entries Field are for the convenience of the filer. This
information is not needed by IRS/MCC.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 1099-R - 1099-R:
Distributions Amount
From Pensions, Annuities, Code Amount Type
Retirement or Profit-
Sharing Plans, IRAs, 1 Gross distribution (see
Insurance Contracts, etc. Note 2)
(See Note 1) 2 Taxable amount (see
Note 3) or IRA/SEP
distribution
3 Capital gain (included in
Amount Code 2).
4 Federal income tax
withheld (see Note 4)
5 Employee contributions or
insurance premiums
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
6 Net unrealized
appreciation in
employer's securities
8 Other
9 Total employee
contribution (see Note 5)
Note 1: Additional information may be required in the "B"
Record. Refer to positions 45 through 49, Sector 1, of the "B"
Record.
Note 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total
distribution, enter a "1" (one) in position 48, Sector 1, of the
"B" Record. An amount must be shown in Amount Field 1.
Note 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative
amount. For example, if stock is distributed but the value
is less than the employee's aftertax contributions, enter the
value of the stock in Amount Code 1, enter "0" (zero) in Amount
Code 2, and enter the employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
If the taxable amount cannot be determined enter a "1"
(one) in position 49 Sector 1 of the "B" Record. If a filer is
reporting an IRA/SEP distribution, generally include the amount
of the distribution in the Taxable Amount (Payment Amount 2,
position 62-71) and enter a "1" (one) in the IRA/SEP Indicator
Field (position 45). A "1" (one) may be entered in the Taxable
Amount Not Determined Indicator Field (position 49), Sector 1 of
the "B" Record, but the amount of the distribution must still be
reported in Payment Amount Fields 1 and 2. See the explanation
for Box 2a of Form 1099-R in the 1995 "Instructions for Forms
1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for more information on reporting the
taxable amount.
Note 4: See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498,
and W-2G" for further information concerning federal income tax
withheld for Form 1099-R.
Note 5: Amount Code 9 was previously used to report (State
income tax withheld." For the convenience of the payer, state
and local income tax withheld may be reported in the Special Data
Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record. This information does not
need to be reported to IRS.
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on
Form 1099-S - Form 1099-S:
Proceeds From Amount
Real Estate Code Amount Type
Transactions
2 Gross Proceeds (see Note)
5 Buyer's part of real
estate tax
Note: Include payments of timber royalties made under a "pay-as-
cut" contract here under section 6050N. If timber royalties are
being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the Description Field of the
"B" Record. For more information, see Announcement 90-129, 1990-
48 I.R.B. 10.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount Codes For Reporting Payments on Form
Form 5498 - 5498:
Individual Amount
Retirement Code Amount Type
Arrangement
Information (See Note) 1 Regular IRA contributions
made in 1995 and 1996 for
1995
2 Rollover IRA
contributions
3 Life insurance cost
included in Amount Code 1
4 Fair market value of the
account
Note: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to 1995
"Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G", Rev. Proc.
89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be given in
the Payee Name Line Field of the "B" Record.
If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Storm/Shield
participant for other than 1995, enter "DS", the year for which
the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in
the Special Data Entries Field of the "B" Record. Do not enter
the contributions in Amount Code 1.
For further information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert
Storm/Shield participant reporting, refer to 1994 "Instructions
for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G", and Notice 91-17, 1991-1
C.B. 319.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Amount For Reporting Payments on Form
Codes W-2G:
Form W-2G - Amount
Certain Gambling Code Amount Type
Winnings
1 Gross winnings
2 Federal income tax
withheld
3 State income tax
withheld (see Note)
7 Winnings from
identical wagers
Note: State income tax withheld is for the convenience of the
payer but need not be reported to IRS/MCC.
_________________________________________________________________
33 Test 1 Required. Enter "T" if this is
Indicator a test file, otherwise, enter a
blank.
_________________________________________________________________
34 Service 1 Enter "1" (one) if a service
Bureau bureau was used to develop and/or
Indicator transmit files, otherwise, enter
blank. See Part A, Sec. 17 for
the definition of a service
bureau.
_________________________________________________________________
35-44 Blank 10 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
45-49 Transmitter 5 Required. Enter the five
Control Code character alpha/numeric
(TCC) Transmitter Control Code assigned
by IRS/MCC. A TCC must be
obtained to file data on this
program. Do not enter more than
one TCC per file.
_________________________________________________________________
50 Foreign 1 Enter a "1" (one) if the payer is
Entity a foreign entity and income
Indicator is paid by the entity to a U.S.
resident. If the payer is not a
foreign entity, enter a blank.
(See Note)
Note: If payers erroneously report entities as foreign, they may
be subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to
IRS. Therefore, payers must be sure to code only those records
as foreign corporations that should be coded.
_________________________________________________________________
51-90 First 40 Required. Enter the name of the
Payer Name payer whose TIN appears in
Line Sector 1, positions 8-16 of the
"A" Record. Any extraneous
information must be deleted.
Left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
(Filers should not enter a
transfer agent's name in this
field. Any transfer agent's name
should appear in the Second Payer
Name Line Field.)
Note: When filing reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest
Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the
recipient of the interest/the filer of Form 1098 (the payer).
The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest
(the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S, the
"A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the
transaction/the filer of form 1099-S and the "B" Record will
reflect the seller/transferor.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
91-130 Second 40 If the Transfer (or paying) Agent
Payer Name Indicator Sector 1, position 131)
Line contains a "1" (one), this field
must contain the name of the
transfer (or paying) agent. If
the indicator contains a "0"
(zero), this field may contain
either a continuation of the
First Payer Name Line or blanks.
Left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
131 Transfer 1 Required. Identifies the entity
Agent in the Second Payer Name Line
Indicator Field. (See Part A, Sec. 17 for
a definition of transfer agent.)
Code Meaning
1 The entity in the
Second Payer Name
Line Field is the
transfer agent.
0 (zero) The entity shown is
not the transfer
agent (i.e., the
Second Payer Name
Line Field contains
either a
continuation of the
First Payer Name
Line Field or
blanks).
_________________________________________________________________
132-171 Payer 40 Required. If the Transfer Agent
Shipping Indicator in Sector 1, position
Address 131 is a "1" (one), enter the
shipping address of the transfer
(or paying) agent.
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
Otherwise, enter the actual
shipping address of the payer.
street address should include
number, street, apartment or
suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
172-211 Payer City, 40 Required. If the Transfer Agent
State, and ZIP Indicator in Sector 1, position
Code 131 is a "1," enter the city,
town, or post office, state
abbreviation and ZIP Code of the
transfer (or paying) agent.
Otherwise, enter the city, town,
or post office, state
abbreviation and ZIP Code of the
payer. Left justify information
and fill unused positions with
blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
212-256 Blank 45 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 - Need only be used if the payer and transmitter are not
the same.
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up a
payer "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "A"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-82 Transmitter 80 Required if payer and
Name transmitter are not the same.
Enter the name of the
transmitter in the manner in
which it is used in normal
business. The name of the
transmitter must be reported in
the same manner throughout the
entire file. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks.
If the payer and transmitter are
the same, this field may be
blank.
_________________________________________________________________
83-122 Transmitter 40 Required if payer and
Mailing transmitter are not the same.
Address Enter the mailing address of the
transmitter. Street address
should include number, street,
apartment or suite number (or
P. O. Box if mail is not
delivered to street address).
Left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks. If
the payer and transmitter are the
same, this field may be blank.
_________________________________________________________________
123-162 Transmitter 40 Required if the payer and
City, State transmitter are not the same.
and ZIP Code Enter the city, town, or post
office, state and ZIP Code of the
transmitter. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. If the
payer and transmitter are the
same, this field may be blank.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
163-256 Blank 94 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD- RECORD LAYOUT
SECTOR 1
_____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: : : : DISKETTE : PAYER'S : PAYER :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYMENT : SEQUENCE : TIN : NAME :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : YEAR : NUMBER : : CONTROL* :
:__________:________:_________:__________:_________:__________:
1 2 3-4 5-7 8-16 17-20
________________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: LAST : COMBINED : : : TEST :
: FILING : FEDERAL/STATE : TYPE OF : AMOUNT : INDICATOR :
:INDICATOR : FILER : RETURN : CODES : :
:__________:_______________:_________:____________:_____________:
21 22 23 24-32 33
________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: SERVICE : : : FOREIGN : FIRST :
: BUREAU : BLANK : TRANSMITTER : ENTITY : PAYER :
: INDICATOR : : CONTROL CODE : INDICATOR : NAME* :
: : : : : LINE :
:___________:_______:______________:_____________:_______:
34 35-44 45-49 50 51-90
_____________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: SECOND : TRANSFER : PAYER : PAYER CITY, : :
: PAYER : AGENT : SHIPPING : STATE AND : BLANK :
: NAME* : INDICATOR : ADDRESS : ZIP CODE : :
: LINE : : : : :
:________:___________:__________:_____________:_______:
91-130 131 132-171 172-211 212-256
SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD- RECORD LAYOUT
(Continued)
SECTOR 2
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: : : : TRANSMITTER: TRANSMITTER : :
: RECORD : RECORD: TRANSMITTER: MAILING : CITY, STATE :BLANK:
: SEQUENCE: TYPE : NAME : ADDRESS : AND ZIP CODE: :
:_________:_______:____________:____________:_____________:_____:
1 2 3-82 83-122 123-162 163-256
* When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction.
SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS
.01 The Payee "B" Record contains the payment information from individual returns. This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on double sided/double density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following:
(a) Sec. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G. (See Part E, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for field descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.)
(b) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.
(c) Sec. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A.
(d) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B.
(e) Sec. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C.
(f) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID.
(g) Sec. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S.
(h) Sec. 13. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G.
All "B" Records will consist of two sectors of 256 positions each.
SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS (Continued)
In the "A" Record, the amount codes that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, the filer must allow for all nine payment amount fields. For those fields not used, enter "0's" (zeros). Example: If a payer is reporting on Form 1099-MISC, enter "A" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return Field. If a payer is reporting on Payments for Amount Codes 1, 2, 4 and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the designated positions. Do not enter the letter 'b'.) In the "B" Record:
Positions 52 through 61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount
1 will be Rents.
Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 2 will
represent Royalties.
Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will
be "0's" (zeros).
Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 4 will
represent Federal income tax withheld.
Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and
6 will be "0's" (zeros).
Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 7 will
represent Nonemployed compensation.
Positions 122-141 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 8 and
9 will be "0's" (zeros).
.02 The record layout for Sector 1 will be the same for all "B" Records. Sector 2, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part F, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 respectively for the record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.
.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the filers.
.04 If filers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank. Compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control:
(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, the records have been developed using the first name first, the filer must leave a blank space between the first and last names.
(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record, must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line Field.
.05 See Part A, Sec. 14 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).
.06 A field is also provided in these specifications for special data entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments or for the filer's personal use.
IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries Field, therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's option to use the Special Data Entries Field. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Record.
.07 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program must adhere to specifications in Part A, Sec. 16, in order to participate in this program. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-S and W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.
.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.
.09 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000.
.10 IRS strongly encourages filers to review the data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices. Transmitters should be especially careful that names, TINs, account numbers, types of income and income amounts are correct.
.11 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.
SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.
For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G, see Part F, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.
Note: For all fields marked Required, the transmitter must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked Required, the transmitter must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "1" (one)
Sequence to sequence the sectors making up
a payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-4 Payment Year 2 Required. Enter "95" (unless
reporting prior-year data).
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
5-6 Document 2 Required for Forms 1099-G,
Specific/ 1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G. For
Distribution all other forms or if not used,
Code enter blanks.
Tax Year of For Form 1099-G, use only for
Refund reporting the tax year for
(Form 1099-G which the refund, credit or
only) offset (Amount Code 2) was
issued. Enter in position 5;
position 6 must be blank.
If the refund, credit or offset
is not attributable to income tax
from a trade or business, enter
the numeric year from the table
below for which the refund,
credit or offset was issued
(e.g., for 1994, enter 4). If
the refund, credit or offset
is exclusively attributable to
income from a trade or business,
and is not of general equivalent
of the year from the table below
(e.g., for 1994, enter D.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Form 1099-G Year for Which
(cont.) TRADE/BUSINESS
Refund was
Year for Which Issued
GENERAL (Alpha
Refund was Issued Equivalent)
1 A
2 B
3 C
4 D
5 E
6 F
7 G
8 H
9 I
0 J
Crop Insurance For Form 1099-MISC, enter a "1"
Proceeds (one) in position 5 if the
(Form 1099-MISC payment for Amount Code 7 is crop
only) insurance proceeds. Position 6
will be blank.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Distribution For Form 1099-R, enter the
Code appropriate distribution code(s).
(Form 1099-R only) More than one code may apply for
(For a detailed Form 1099-R. If only one
explanation of the code is required, it must be entered
of the distribution in position 5 and position 6 must be
codes,see the 1995 blank. Enter at least one (1)
"Instructions for distribution code. A blank in
Forms 1099, 1098, position 5 is not acceptable.
5498, and W-2G".) Enter the applicable code from the
table that follows. Position 5
must contain a numeric code in all
cases except when using P, D, E,
F, G, or H. Distribution Code A,
B, or C, when applicable, must be
entered in position 6 with the
applicable numeric code in
position 5.
When using Code P for an IRA
distribution under Section
408(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the filer may also enter
Code 1 if applicable.
Only two numeric combinations are
acceptable, codes 8 and 1, and
codes 8 and 2, on one return.
These two combinations can be used
only if both codes apply to the
distribution being reported. If
more than one numeric code is
applicable to different parts of
a distribution, report two
separate "B" Records.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Form 1099-R Distribution Codes E, F, and H
(Cont.) cannot be used in conjunction
with other codes. Distribution
Code G may be used in conjunction
with Distribution Code 4 only, if
applicable.
Category Code
Early (premature) 1*
distribution, no
known exception
Early (premature) 2*
distribution, exception
applies (as defined in
section 72(q), (t), or
(v) of the Internal
Revenue Code) (other than
disability or death)
Disability 3*
Death (includes payments 4*
to an estate or other
beneficiary)
Prohibited transaction 5*
Section 1035 exchange 6
Normal distribution 7*
Excess contributions plus 8*
earnings/excess deferrals
(and/or earnings)
taxable in 1995
PS 58 costs 9
Excess contributions plus P*
earnings/excess deferrals
taxable in 1994
May be eligible for A
5- or 10- year averaging
May be eligible for death B
benefit exclusion
May be eligible for C
both A and B
Excess contributions plus D*
earnings/excess deferrals
taxable in 1993
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Form 1099-R Excess annual additions E
(Cont.) under section 415
Charitable gift annuity F
Direct rollover to IRA G
Direct rollover to qualified H
plan or tax-sheltered
annuity
* If reporting an IRA or SEP distribution code a "1" (one) in
position 44 of the "B" Record.
Type of For Form W-2G, enter the
Wager (Form applicable code in position 5.
W-2G Only) Position 6 will be blank.
Category Code
Horse race track (or 1
off-track betting of
a horse track nature)
Dog race track (or off- 2
track betting of a dog
track nature)
Jai-alai 3
State-conducted lottery 4
Keno 5
Bingo 6
Slot Machines 7
Any other type of gambling 8
winnings
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
7 2nd TIN 1 For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,
Notice 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID,
and 1099-PATR only.
Enter "2" to indicate
notification by IRS/MCC twice
within three calendar years that
the payee provided an incorrect
name and/or TIN; otherwise, enter
a blank.
_________________________________________________________________
8 Corrected 1 Indicate a corrected return.
Return Code Definition
Indicator
G If this is a one-
transaction
correction
or the first of a
two-transaction
correction.
C If this is the
second transaction
of a
two-transaction
correction.
Blank If this is not a
return being
submitted
to correct
information
already processed by
IRS.
Note: C, G, and non-coded records must be reported using
separate Payer "A" Records. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for
specific instructions on how to file corrected returns.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
9-12 Name Control 4 If determinable, enter the first
four (4) characters of the
surname of the person whose TIN
is being reported in positions
16-24 of the "B" Record,
otherwise, enter blanks. This is
usually the payee. If the name
that corresponds to the TIN is
not included in the first or
second payee name line and the
correct name control is not
provided, a backup withholding
notice may be generated for the
record. Surnames of less than
four (4) characters should be
left-justified, filling the
unused positions with blanks.
Special characters and imbedded
blanks should be removed. In the
case of a business, other than a
sole proprietorship, use the
first four significant characters
of the business name. Disregard
the word "the" when it is the
first word of the name, unless
there are only two words in the
name. A dash (-) and an
ampersand (&) are the only
acceptable special characters.
Surname prefixes are considered
part of the surname, e.g., for
Van Elm, the name control would
be VANE.
Note: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters
are allowed (e.g., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, or dash), this
information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
The following examples may be helpful to filers in developing the
Name Control:
NAME NAME CONTROL
Individuals:
Jane Brown BROW
John A. Lee LEE*
James P. En, Sr. EN*
John O'Neil ONEI
Mary Van Buren VANB
Juan De Jesus DEJE
Gloria A. El-Roy EL-R
Mr. John Smith SMIT
Joe McCarthy MCCA
Pedro Torres-Lopes TORR
Maria Lopez Moreno** LOPE
Binh To La LA*
Nhat Thi Pham PHAM
Mark D'Allesandro DALL
Corporations:
The First National Bank FIRS
The Hideaway THEH
A & B Cafe A&BC
11th Street Inc. 11TH
Sole Proprietor:
Mark Hemlock DBA
The Sunshine Club HEML
Partnership:
Robert Aspen and Bess Willow ASPE
Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and
Joyce Spruce et al Ptr FIR*
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
NAME NAME CONTROL
Estate:
Frank White Estate WHIT
Sheila Blue Estate BLUE
Trusts and Fiduciaries:
Daisy Corporation Employee
Benefit Trust DAIS
Trust FBO The Cherryblossom
Society CHER
Exempt Organization:
Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO LABO
St. Bernard's Methodist
Church Bldg. Fund STBE
* Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters
must be left-justified and blank filled.
** For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an
individual, derive the name control from the first last name.
_________________________________________________________________
13 Direct Sales 1 1099-MISC only. Enter a "1" (one)
Indicator to indicate a sale of $5,000 or
more of consumer products to a
person on a buy/sell,
deposit/commission, or any other
commission basis for resale
anywhere other than in a permanent
retail establishment; otherwise,
enter a blank.
Note: If reporting direct sales only, use Type of Return A in
position 23 and Amount Code 1 in position 24, of the Payer "A"
Record. All payment amount fields in the Payee "B" Records will
contain zeros.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
14 Blank 1 Enter blank
_________________________________________________________________
15 Type of 1 This field is used to identify
TIN the Taxpayer Identification
Number (TIN) in positions 16-24
as either an Employer
Identification Number (EIN) or a
Social Security Number(SSN).*
Enter the appropriate code from
the following table:
Type of Type of
TIN TIN Account
1 EIN A business,
organization, or
other entity
2 SSN An individual
blank N/A If the type of
TIN is not
determinable,
enter a blank.
* While this is not a "Required" field, this information is
important for the correct processing of the payee's TIN.
_________________________________________________________________
16-24 Taxpayer 9 Required. Enter the nine-digit
Identification Taxpayer Identification Number
Number of the payee (SSN or EIN, as
appropriate). If an
identification number has been
applied for but not received,
enter blanks. Do not enter
hyphens or alpha characters. All
zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have
the effect of an incorrect TIN.
(see Note) If the TIN is not
available, enter blanks.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Note: IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with
missing TINS in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers
who submit data with missing TINS and have taken the required
steps to obtain this information are encouraged to attach a
letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will
prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC. The letter, however,
will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 or CP2100A
Notices) or penalties (refer to 1995 "Instructions for Forms
1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G", Penalty Section) for missing or
incorrect TINS.
_________________________________________________________________
25-44 Payer's 20 Enter any number assigned by the
Account payer to the payee (e.g.,
Number checking or savings account
for Payee number). Filers are encouraged
to use this field. This number
will help to distinguish the
individual payee records and
should be unique for each
document. Do not use the payee
TIN since this will not make each
record unique. This information
is particularly useful when
corrections are filed. This
number will be provided with the
backup withholding notification
from the IRS and may be helpful
in identifying the branch or
subsidiary reporting the
transaction. Do not define data
in this field in packed decimal
format. If fewer than twenty
characters are used, filers may
either left or right justify,
filling the remaining positions
with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
45 IRA/SEP 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter "1"
Indicator (one) if reporting a distribution
(See Note) from an IRA or SEP; otherwise,
enter a blank.
Note: Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA
or SEP in Payment Amount Field 2 (taxable amount), as well as
Payment Amount Field 1 (gross distribution) of the "B" Record.
Filers may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by
using the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 49)
of the "B" Record. However, still report the amount distributed
in Payment Amount Fields 1 and 2. Refer to the 1995
"Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G" for the
exceptions.
_________________________________________________________________
46-47 Percentage 2 Form 1099-R only. Use this field
of Total only when reporting a total
Distribution distribution to more than one
person, such as when a
participant dies and filers
distribute to two or more
beneficiaries. Therefore the
percentage is 100, leave this
field blank. If the percentage
is a fraction, round off to the
nearest whole number (for
example, 10.4 percent will be 10
percent; 10.5 percent or more
will be 11 percent). Enter the
percentage received by the person
whose TIN is included in
positions 16-24 of the "B"
Record. This field must be
right-justified, and unused
positions must be zero filled.
If not applicable, enter blanks.
Filers need not enter this
information for IRA or SEP
distributions or for direct
rollovers.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
48 Total 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"
Distribution (one) only if the payment shown
Indicator for Amount Code 1 is a total
distribution, otherwise, enter
blank.
Note: A total distribution is one or more distributions within
one tax year in which the entire balance of the account is
distributed. Any distribution that does not meet this definition
is not a total distribution.
_________________________________________________________________
49 Taxable 1 Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"
Amount Not (one) only if the taxable amount
Determined entered in Payment Amount Field 1
Indicator (Gross Distribution) of the "B"
Record cannot be computed,
otherwise, enter a blank. If the
indicator is used, enter "0"
(zero) in Payment Amount Field 2
of the Payee "B" Record. (See
Note) Please make every effort to
compute the taxable amount.
Note: If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, the
Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator may be used; but, it is
not required. If the IRA/SEP Indicator is present, the amount of
the distribution should be reported in Payment Amount Fields 1
and 2. Refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,
5498, and W-2G" for more information.
Filers are instructed to enter numeric information in all
payment fields when filing magnetically or electronically. However,
when reporting information on the statement to recipient, the payer
may be instructed to leave a box blank. Follow the guidelines
provided in the paper instructions for the statement to recipient.
_________________________________________________________________
50-51 Blank 2 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Payment Required. Filers must allow for
Amount Fields all payment amounts. For those
(Must be not used, must enter zeros.
numeric) For example: If position 23,
Type of Return, of the "A" Record
is "A" (for 1099-MISC) and
positions 24-32, Amount Codes,
are "1247bbbbb" (In this example,
b denotes blanks in the
designated positions. Do not
enter letter 'b'.), this
indicates as many as four actual
payment amounts may be reported
in the following "B" Records.
Payment Amount 1 will represent
Rents, Payment Amount 2 will
represent Royalties, Payment
Amount 3 will be all "0" (zeros),
Payment Amount 4 will represent
Federal income tax withheld,
Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be
all "0" (zeros), Payment Amount 7
will represent Nonemployed
compensation, and Payment Amounts
8 and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).
Each payment field must contain
10 numeric characters (see Note).
Each payment amount must be
entered in U.S. dollars and
cents. The rightmost two
positions represent cents in the
payment amount fields. Do not
enter dollar signs, commas,
decimal points or negative
payments, except those items that
reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
Positive and negative amounts are
indicated by placing a "+" (plus
sign) or "-" (minus sign) in the
left-most position of the payment
amount field. A negative
overpunch in the units position
may be used, instead of a minus
sign, to indicate a negative
amount. If a plus sign, minus
sign, or negative overpunch is
not used, the number is assumed
to be positive.
Negative overpunch cannot be used
in PC created files.
Payment amounts must be right-
justified and unused positions
must be zero filled. Federal
income tax withheld cannot be
reported as a negative amount on
any form.
Note: If filers are reporting a money amount in excess of
9999999999 (dollars and cents), it must be reported as follows:
(1) The first "B" Record must contain 9999999999.
(2) The second "B" Record will contain the remaining money
amounts.
DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN HALF.
_________________________________________________________________
52-61 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 1* represents payments for Amount
Code 1 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
62-71 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 2* represents payments for Amount
Code 2 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
72-81 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 3* represents payments for Amount
Code 3 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
82-91 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 4* represents payments for Amount
Code 4 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
92-101 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 5* represents payments for Amount
Code 5 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
102-111 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 6* represents payments for Amount
Code 6 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
112-121 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 7* represents payments for Amount
Code 7 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
122-131 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 8* represents payments for Amount
Code 8 in the "A" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
132-141 Payment 10 The amount reported in this field
Amount 9* represents payments for Amount
Code 9 in the "A" Record.
* If there are discrepancies between these payment amount
codes and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in
this revenue procedure govern.
_________________________________________________________________
142-161 Blank 20 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
162 Foreign 1 If the address of the payee is in
Country a foreign country, enter a "1"
Indicator (one) in this field, otherwise,
enter blank. When using this
indicator, filers may use a free
format for the payee city, state,
and ZIP Code. Address
information must not appear in
the First or Second Payee Name
Lines Fields.
_________________________________________________________________
163-202 First Payee 40 Required. Enter the name of the
Name Line payee (preferably surname first)
whose Taxpayer Identification
Number (TIN) appears in Sector 1,
positions 16-24 of the "B"
Record. Left justify information
and fill unused positions with
blanks. If more space is
required for the name, utilize
the Second Payee Name Line Field.
If there are multiple payees,
only the name of the payee whose
TIN has been
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
provided should be entered in
this field. The names of the
other payees may be entered in
the Second Payee Name Line Field.
If reporting for a sole
proprietor, enter the
individual's name in the First
Payee Name Line Field. The
business name is optional in the
Second Payee Name Line Field.
Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the
"A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest
(the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying
the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.
For Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/
transferor information.
For Form 5498, Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name
followed by the word "beneficiary". For example, "Brian Young as
beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies
that the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. Filers may abbreviate
the word "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef". Refer to the
1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G". The
beneficiary's TIN should be reported in position 16-24 of the "B"
Record.
_________________________________________________________________
203-242 Second Payee 40 If there are multiple payees
Name Line (e.g., partners, joint owners, or
spouses) use this field for those
names not associated with the TIN
in positions 16-24 of the "B"
Record or if not enough space was
provided in the First Payee Name
Line, continue the name in this
field. Do not enter address
information in this field. It is
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
important that filers provide as
much payee information to IRS/MCC
as possible to identify the owner
of the TIN. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. Fill with
blanks if no entries are present
for this field.
_________________________________________________________________
243-256 Blank 14 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 - FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,
1099-PATR, 1099-R AND 5498.
See Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for field
descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,
1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This
field must not contain any
data other than the payee's
mailing address.
________________________________________________________________
For U.S. addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be
reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position fields, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,
position 162, must contain a "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
43-71 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town,
or post office. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. Enter APO
or FPO if applicable. Do not
enter state and ZIP Code
information in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
72-73 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service state abbreviation
for the state or the appropriate
postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)
described in Part A, Sec. 18.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
74-82 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine
Code digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only the
first five digits are known, left
justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
For foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as long
as the filer has entered a "1"
(one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator Field located in
position 162 of Sector 1 of the
"B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
83-112 Blank 30 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
113-179 Special Data 67 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
180-181 Combined 2 If this payee record is to be
Federal/ forwarded to a state agency as
State Code part of the Combined Federal/
State Filing Program, enter the
valid state code from Part A,
Sec. 16, Table 1. For those
payers or states not
participating in this program,
or for forms not valid for state
reporting, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
182-256 Blank 75 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.
See Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS
Sector 1
____________________________________________________________
: : : : DOCUMENT : 2ND :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYMENT : SPECIFIC/ : TIN :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : YEAR : DISTRIBUTION : NOTICE :
: : : : CODE : (OPTIONAL) :
:__________:________:_________:_______________:______________:
1 2 3-4 5-6 7
______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: CORRECTED : NAME : DIRECT : : TYPE : TAXPAYER :
: RETURN : CONTROL* : SALES : BLANK: OF : IDENTIFICATION:
: INDICATOR : :INDICATOR: : TIN* : NUMBER* :
:___________:__________:_________:______:______:_______________:
8 9-12 13 14 15 16-24
_______________________________________________________________
: PAYER'S : : : : TAXABLE :
: ACCOUNT : IRA/SEP : PERCENTAGE : TOTAL : AMT NOT :
: NUMBER FOR:INDICATOR : OF TOTAL : DISTRIBUTION :DETERMINED:
: PAYEE* : : DISTRIBUTION : INDICATOR : INDICATOR:
:___________:__________:______________:______________:__________:
25-44 45 46-47 48 49
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS - Continued
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT :
: BLANK : AMOUNT : AMOUNT : AMOUNT : AMOUNT : AMOUNT :
: : 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 :
:_______:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:
50-51 52-61 62-71 72-81 82-91 92-101
___________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : : FOREIGN :
: AMOUNT : AMOUNT : AMOUNT : AMOUNT : BLANK : COUNTRY :
: 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : : INDICATOR :
:_________:_________:_________:_________:_______:___________:
102-111 112-121 122-131 132-141 142-161 162
________________________
: : : :
: FIRST : SECOND : :
: PAYEE : PAYEE : BLANK :
: NAME : NAME : :
: LINE* : LINE* : :
:_______:________:_______:
163-202 203-242 243-256
SECTOR 2 See Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for field
descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B,
1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.
____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : MAILING : CITY : STATE : ZIP CODE :
: : : ADDRESS : : : :
:__________:________:__________:_______:_________:___________:
1 2 3-42 43-71 72-73 74-82
____________________________________
: : : : :
: : : COMBINED : :
: BLANK : SPECIAL : FEDERAL/ : BLANK :
: : DATA : STATE : :
: : ENTRIES : CODE : :
:_______:_________:__________:_______:
83-112 113-179 180-181 182-256
* When filing Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.
SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A
.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 2 of Form 1099-A.
.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.
.03 Form 1099-A cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B".
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This
field must not contain any
data other than the payee's
mailing address.
________________________________________________________________
For U.S addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be
reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,
position 162, must contain a "1" (one).
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - CONTINUED
FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
43-71 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town,
or post office. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. Enter APO
or FPO if applicable. Do not
enter state and ZIP Code
information in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
72-73 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service state abbreviation
for the state or the appropriate
postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)
described in Part A, Sec. 18.
_________________________________________________________________
74-82 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine-
Code digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only
the first five digits are known,
left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
For foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as long
as the filer has entered a "1"
(one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator field, which is located
in position 162 of Sector 1 of
the "B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
83-112 Blank 30 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued
FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
113-133 Special Data 21 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
134-139 Date of 6 Required for Forms 1099-A only.
Lender's Enter the date of the acquisition
Acquisition of the secured property or the
or Knowledge date filers first knew or had
of Abandonment reason to know that the property
was abandoned in the format
MMDDYY (e.g., 102295). Do not
enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
140 Liability 1 Form 1099-A only. Enter the
Indicator appropriate indicator from the
table below:
Indicator Usage
1 Borrower was
personally liable
for repayment of the
debt.
Blank Borrower was not
liable for repayment
of the debt.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued
FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
141-179 Description 39 Required for Form 1099-A only.
of Property Enter a brief description of the
property. For real property,
enter the address, or if the
address does not sufficiently
identify the property, enter the
section, lot and block. For
personal property, enter the
type, make, and model (e.g.,
Car-1995 Buick Regal or office
equipment). Enter "CCC" for crops
forfeited on Commodity Credit
Corporation loans. If fewer
than 39 positions are required,
left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
180-256 Blank 77 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A
Sector 2
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : MAILING : CITY : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:
: : : ADDRESS : : : : :
:__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:
1 2 3-42 43-71 72-73 74-82 83-112
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A - Continued
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: SPECIAL : DATE OF : LIABILITY : DESCRIPTION : :
: DATA : LENDER'S : INDICATOR : OF PROPERTY : BLANK :
: ENTRIES : ACQUISITION : : : :
:_________:_____________:___________:_____________:_______:
113-133 134-139 140 141-179 180-256
SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B
.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-B.
.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-B.
.03 Form 1099-B cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B".
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This
field must not contain any
data other than the payee's
mailing address.
_________________________________________________________________
For U.S addresses, the payee city, state and ZIP Code must be
reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,
position 162, must contain a "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
43-71 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town
or post office. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. Enter APO
or FPO if applicable. Do not
enter state and ZIP Code
information in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
72-73 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service state abbreviation
for the state or the appropriate
postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)
described in Part A, Sec. 18.
_________________________________________________________________
74-82 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine
digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only the
first five digits are known, left
justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
For foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as long
as the filer has entered a "1"
(one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator Field, located in
position 162 of Sector 1 of the
"B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
83-112 Blank 30 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
113-122 Special Data 10 This position of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-B - Sector 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
123 Gross 1 Form 1099-B only. Enter the
Proceeds appropriate indicator from the
Reported to IRS the following table; otherwise,
Indicator enter blanks.
Indicator Usage
1 Gross Proceeds
2 Gross Proceeds less
commission and
option premiums
_________________________________________________________________
124-129 Date of 6 Form 1099-B only. For broker
Sale transactions, enter the trade
date of the transaction. For
barter exchanges, enter the date
when cash, property, a credit, or
scrip is actually or
constructively received in the
format MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).
Enter blanks if this is an
aggregate transaction. Do not
enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
130-142 CUSIP Number 13 Form 1099-B only. For broker
transactions only, enter the
CUSIP (Committee on Uniform
Security Identification
Procedures) number of the item
reported for Amount Code "2"
(stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter
blanks if this is an aggregate
transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)
if the number is not available.
Right justify and fill the
remaining positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
143-181 Description 39 Form 1099-B only. Enter a brief
description of the item or
services for which the proceeds
or bartering is being reported.
If fewer than 39 characters are
required, left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. For
broker transactions, enter a
brief description of the
disposition item (e.g., 100
shares of XYZ Corp.). For
regulated futures and forward
contracts, enter "RFC" or other
appropriate description and any
amount subject to backup
withholding. (See Note.) For
bartering transactions, show the
services or property provided.
Note: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included
in Amount Code 4.
_________________________________________________________________
182-256 Blank 75 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B
SECTOR 2
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : MAILING : CITY : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:
: : : ADDRESS : : : : :
:__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:
1 2 3-42 43-71 72-73 74-82 83-112
_____________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: SPECIAL : GROSS : DATE : CUSIP : : :
: DATA : PROCEEDS : OF : NUMBER : DESCRIPTION : BLANK :
: ENTRIES : INDICATOR : SALE : : : :
:_________:___________:________:________:_____________:_______:
113-122 123 124-129 130-142 143-181 182-256
SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C
.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 2 of Form 1099-C.
.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-C.
.03 Form 1099-C cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B".
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This
field must not contain any
data other than the payee's
mailing address.
For U.S addresses, the payee city, state and ZIP Code must be
reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,
position 162, must contain a "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
43-71 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town,
or post office. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. Enter APO
or FPO if applicable. Do not
enter state and ZIP Code
information in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
72-73 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service state abbreviation
for the state or the appropriate
postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)
described in Part A, Sec. 18.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - CONTINUED
FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
74-82 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine
Code digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only
the first five digits are known,
left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
For foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as
long as the filer has entered a
"1" (one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator Field, which is located
in position 162 of Sector 1 of
the "B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
83-112 Blank 30 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
113-133 Special Data 21 This portion of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
134-139 Date 6 Required for Forms 1099-C only.
Canceled Payer should enter the date when
the debt was canceled in the
format of MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).
Do not enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued
FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
140 Bankruptcy 1 Form 1099-C only. Enter "1"
Indicator (one) to indicate the debt was
discharged in bankruptcy.
Indicator Usage
1 Debt was discharged
in bankruptcy.
Blank Debt was not
discharged in bank-
ruptcy.
________________________________________________________________
141-179 Debt 39 Form 1099-C only. Enter a
Description description of the origin or
debt, such as student loan,
mortgage, or credit card
expenditure. If a combined Form
1099-C and 1099-A is also being
filed, also enter a description
of the property.
________________________________________________________________
180-256 Blank 77 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C
Sector 2
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : MAILING : CITY : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:
: : : ADDRESS : : : : :
:__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:
1 2 3-42 43-71 72-73 74-82 83-112
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: SPECIAL : DATE : BANKRUPTCY: DEBT : :
: DATA : CANCELED : INDICATOR : DESCRIPTION : BLANK :
: ENTRIES : : : : :
:_________:_____________:___________:_____________:_______:
113-133 134-139 140 141-179 180-256
SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID
.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-OID.
.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This
field must not contain any
data other than the payee's
mailing address.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
For U.S addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be
reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,
position 162, must contain a "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
43-71 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town,
or post office. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. Enter APO
or FPO if applicable. Do not
enter state and ZIP Code
information in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
72-73 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service state abbreviation
for states or the appropriate
postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)
as described in Part A, Sec. 18.
_________________________________________________________________
74-82 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine
Code digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only
the first five digits are known,
left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
For foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as long
as filers have entered a "1"
(one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator Field, is located in
position 162 of Sector 1 of the
"B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
83-112 Blank 30 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
113-140 Special Data 28 This position of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
141-179 Description 39 Required for Form 1099-OID only.
Enter the CUSIP number, if any.
If there is no CUSIP number,
enter the abbreviation for the
stock exchange and issuer, the
coupon rate and year of maturity
(e.g., NYSE XYZ 12 1/2 96). Show
the name of the issuer if other
than the payer. If fewer than 39
characters are required, left-
justify and fill unused positions
with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
180-181 Combined 2 If a payee record is to be
Federal/ forwarded to a state agency as
State Code part of the Combined Federal/
State Filing Program, enter the
valid state code from Part A,
Sec. 16, Table 1. For those
payers or states not
participating in this program,
or for forms not valid for state
reporting, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
182-256 Blank 75 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID
SECTOR 2
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : MAILING : CITY : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:
: : : ADDRESS : : : : :
:__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:
1 2 3-42 43-71 72-73 74-82 83-112
__________________________________________
: : : : :
: : : COMBINED : :
: SPECIAL : : FEDERAL/ : :
: DATA : DESCRIPTION : STATE : BLANK :
: ENTRIES : : CODE : :
:_________:_____________:__________:_______:
113-140 141-179 180-181 182-256
SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S
.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-S.
.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Forms 1099-S.
.03 Form 1099-S cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This
field must not contain any
data other than the payee's
mailing address.
_______________________________________________________________
For U.S addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be
reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,
position 162, must contain a "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
43-71 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town,
or post office. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. Enter APO
or FPO if applicable. Do not
enter state and ZIP Code
information in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
72-73 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service state abbreviation
for states or the appropriate
postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)
described in Part A, Sec. 18.
_________________________________________________________________
74-82 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine
Code digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only
the first five digits are known,
left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
For foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as long
as the filer has entered a "1"
(one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator Field, which is located
in position 162 of Sector 1 of
the "B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
83-110 Blank 28 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
111-133 Special Data 23 This position of the "B" Record
Entries may be used to record information
for state or local government
reporting or for the filer's own
purposes. Payers should contact
the state or local revenue
departments for filing
requirements. If this field is
not utilized, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
134-139 Date of 6 Required for Form 1099-S only.
Closing Enter the closing date in the
format MMDDYY (e.g., 102395). Do
not enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
140-178 Address or 39 Required for Form 1099-S only.
Legal Enter the address of the property
Description transferred (including
city,state, and ZIP Code). If
the address does not sufficiently
identify the property, also enter
a legal description, such as
section, lot, and block. For
timber royalties, enter "TIMBER".
If fewer than 39 positions are
required, left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
179 Property 1 Required for Form 1099-S only.
or Services Enter "1" (one) if the trans-
Received or To feror received or will receive
Be Received property (other than cash and
consideration treated as cash in
computing gross proceeds) or
services as part of the
consideration for the property
transferred. Otherwise, enter a
blank.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
180-256 Blank 77 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S
SECTOR 2
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : MAILING : CITY : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:
: : : ADDRESS : : : : :
:__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:
1 2 3-42 43-71 72-73 74-82 83-110
____________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: : : ADDRESS : PROPERTY : :
: SPECIAL : DATE OF : OR LEGAL : OR : :
: DATA : CLOSING : DESCRIPTION : SERVICES : BLANK :
: ENTRIES : : : RECEIVED : :
:_________:_________:_____________:__________:_______:
111-133 134-139 140-178 179 180-256
When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor information.
SECTION 13. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G
.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form W-2G.
.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form W-2G.
.03 Form W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD
FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "2" to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payee record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "B"
_________________________________________________________________
3-42 Payee Mailing 40 Required. Enter mailing address
Address of payee. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P. O. Box if
mail is not delivered to street
address). Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. This
field must not contain any
data other than the payee's
mailing address.
_________________________________________________________________
For U.S addresses, the payee city, state, and Zip Code must be
reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. Filers
must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state and
ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,
state and Zip Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter
information in the following order: city, province or state,
postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a
foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,
position 162, must contain a "1" (one).
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
43-71 Payee City 29 Required. Enter the city, town,
or post office. Left justify
information and fill unused
positions with blanks. Enter
APO or FPO if applicable. Do not
enter state and ZIP Code
information in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
72-73 Payee State 2 Required. Enter the valid U.S.
Postal Service state abbreviation
for states or the appropriate
postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)
as described in Part A, Sec. 18.
_________________________________________________________________
74-82 Payee ZIP 9 Required. Enter the valid nine
Code digit ZIP Code assigned by the
U.S. Postal Service. If only
the first five digits are known,
left justify information and fill
unused positions with blanks.
For foreign countries, alpha
characters are acceptable as long
as the filer has entered a "1"
(one) in the Foreign Country
Indicator Field, located in
position 162 of Sector 1 of the
"B" Record.
_________________________________________________________________
83-112 Blank 30 Enter blanks
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
113-118 Date Won 6 Required for Form W-2G only.
Enter the date of the winning
event in the format MMDDYY (e.g.,
102295). This is not the date
the money was paid, if paid after
the date of the race (or game).
Do not enter hyphens or slashes.
_________________________________________________________________
119-133 Transaction 15 Required for Form W-2G only. For
state-conducted lotteries, enter
the ticket or other identifying
number. For keno, bingo, and
slot machines, enter the ticket
or card number (and color, if
applicable), machine serial
number, or any other information
that will help identify the
winning transaction. All others,
enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
134-138 Race 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter the race (or game)
relating to the winning ticket;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
139-143 Cashier 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter initials of the cashier
making the winning payment;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued
FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 2 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
144-148 Window 5 Form W-2G only. If applicable,
enter the window number or
location of the person paying the
winnings; otherwise, enter
blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
149-163 First ID 15 Form W-2G only. For other than
state lotteries, enter the first
identification number of the
person receiving the winnings;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
164-178 Second ID 15 Form W-2G only. For other than
state lotteries, enter the second
identification number of the
person receiving the winnings;
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
179-256 Blank 78 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G
SECTOR 2
_______________________________________________________________
: : : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : PAYEE : :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : MAILING : CITY : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:
: : : ADDRESS : : : : :
:__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:
1 2 3-42 43-71 72-73 74-82 83-112
__________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: DATE WON : TRANSACTION : RACE : CASHIER : WINDOW : FIRST :
: : : : : : ID :
:__________:_____________:______:_________:________:_______:
113-118 119-133 134-138 139-143 144-148 149-163
________________
: : :
: SECOND : BLANK :
: ID : :
:________:_______:
164-178 179-256
SECTION 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The control total fields are each 15 positions in length.
.02 The "C" Record consist of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.
.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if filers used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-146 would be zero filled.
.04 Payers/Transmitters should verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "1" (one) to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payer record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "C".
_________________________________________________________________
3-8 Number of 6 Required. Enter the total number
Payees of "B" Records covered by the
preceding "A" Record. Right
justify and zero fill.
_________________________________________________________________
9-11 Blank 3 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
Required. Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in the
"B" Record into the appropriate control total field of the "C"
Record. Control totals must be right-justified, and unused
control total fields must be zero filled. All control total
fields are 15 positions in length.
12-26 Control 15
Total 1
27-41 Control 15
Total 2
42-56 Control 15
Total 3
57-71 Control 15
Total 4
72-86 Control 15
Total 5
87-101 Control 15
Total 6
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD-Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
102-116 Control 15
Total 7
117-131 Control 15
Total 8
132-146 Control 15
Total 9
_________________________________________________________________
147-256 Blank 110 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTOR 1
________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : NUMBER : : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : OF : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 :
: : : PAYEES : : : :
:__________:________:________:_______:_________:_________:
1 2 3-8 9-11 12-26 27-41
___________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: TOTAL 3 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : TOTAL 8 :
:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:
42-56 57-71 72-86 87-101 102-116 117-131
_________________
: : :
: CONTROL : :
: TOTAL 9 : BLANK :
:_________:_______:
132-146 147-256
SECTION 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The control total fields are each 15 positions in length.
.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and type of return to a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, used only when state reporting approval has been granted.
.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.
.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if filers used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.
.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.
.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 16 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file on this program.
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "K" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record 1 Required. Enter a "1" (one) to
Sequence sequence the sectors making up
a payer record.
_________________________________________________________________
2 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "K".
_________________________________________________________________
3-8 Number of 6 Required. Enter the total number
Payees of "B" Records being coded for
this state. Right justify and
fill unused positions with zeros.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "K" RECORD--Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
9-11 Blank 3 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
Required. Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in the
Payee "B" Records (for each state being reported) into the
appropriate control total fields in the "K" Record. Control
totals must be right-justified, and unused control total fields
must be zero filled. All Control Total Fields are 15 positions
in length.
12-26 Control 15
Total 1
27-41 Control 15
Total 2
42-56 Control 15
Total 3
57-71 Control 15
Total 4
72-86 Control 15
Total 5
87-101 Control 15
Total 6
102-116 Control 15
Total 7
117-131 Control 15
Total 8
132-146 Control 15
Total 9
RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "K" RECORD--Continued
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1 (Continued)
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
147-254 Blank 108 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
255-256 Combined 2 Required. Enter the code
Federal/ assigned to the state which is to
State Code receive the information. (Refer
to Part A, Sec. 16, Table 1.)
_________________________________________________________________
END OF PAYER "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTOR 1
________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: RECORD : RECORD : NUMBER : : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: SEQUENCE : TYPE : OF : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 :
: : : PAYEES : : : :
:__________:________:________:_______:_________:_________:
1 2 3-8 9-11 12-26 27-41
___________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :
: TOTAL 3 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : TOTAL 8 :
:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:
42-56 57-71 72-86 87-101 102-116 117-131
______________________________
: : : :
: CONTROL : : COMBINED :
: TOTAL 9 : BLANK : FEDERAL/ :
: : : STATE CODE :
:_________:_______:____________:
132-146 147-254 255-256
SECTION 16. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.
.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.
RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD
_________________________________________________________________
SECTOR 1
_________________________________________________________________
Diskette
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1 Record Type 1 Required. Enter "F".
_________________________________________________________________
2-5 Number of 4 Enter the total number of "A"
"A" Records Records in the entire file.
Right justify and zero fill or
enter all zeros.
_________________________________________________________________
6-30 Zero 25 Enter zeros.
_________________________________________________________________
31-256 Blank 226 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT
SECTOR 1
_____________________________________________
: : : : :
: RECORD : NUMBER OF : : :
: TYPE : "A" RECORDS : ZERO : BLANK :
:__________:_______________:________:_________:
1 2-5 6-30 31-256
PART G. MAGNETIC/ELECTRONIC SPECIFICATION FOR EXTENSION OF TIME
SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION
.01 The specifications in Part G include the required 200- byte record format for extension of time to file requests submitted on magnetic media or via IRP-BBS. Also included are the instructions for the information that is to be entered in the record. Filers are advised to read this section in its entirety to ensure proper filing.
.02 Requests for extensions of time may be made for Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, and 1042-S.
.03 For Tax Year 1995 (returns due to be filed in 1996), transmitters requesting an extension of time to file for more than 50 payers are required to file the extension request on magnetic media or via IRP-BBS. Transmitters requesting an extension of time for 10 to 49 payers are encouraged to file the request magnetically or electronically. Acceptable types of media are tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskette.
.04 For extension request filed on magnetic media, the transmitter must send the completed, signed Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time to File Information Returns, in the same package as the corresponding media. For extension requests filed electronically, the transmitter must send the Form 8809 the same day the transmission is made.
.05 Transmitters should not submit a list of payer names and TINS with the Form 8809 with the magnetic media or electronic files.
.06 To be considered, an extension request must be postmarked or transmitted by the due date of the returns; otherwise, the request will be denied.
.07 The extension record format is also on the IRP-BBS and can be downloaded. See Part D for more information on how to contact the IRP-BBS.
.08 A magnetically-filed request for an extension of time should be sent using the following addresses:
If by Postal:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Extension of Time Coordinator
P O Box 879
Kearnesyville, WV 25430
If by truck or air freight:
IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center
ATTN: Extension of Time Coordinator
Route 9 and Needy Road
Martinsburg, WV 25401
Note: Due to the large volume of mail received by IRS/MCC and the time factor involved in processing the Form 8809, it is imperative that the attention line be present on all envelopes or packages containing Extension of Time (EOT) requests.
.09 If using a delivery service other than postal service, the actual date of receipt by IRS/MCC will be used as the received date. This should be considered in meeting filing requirements timely..
.10 Transmitters who submit their extension of time requests magnetically or electronically will receive a letter from IRS/MCC with an attached list of the payers specifying approval and/or denial.
.11 Do not submit tax year 1995 extension of time to file requests on magnetic media or electronically before January 1, 1996.
.12 Filers may request an extension of time as soon as they are aware that an extension is necessary but not later than the due date of the return. It will take a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to an extension request. Under certain circumstances a request for an extension of time could be denied. In such cases, the transmitter receives a denial letter. When this denial letter is received, the transmitter has 20 days to provide the additional or necessary information and resubmit the extension request to IRS/MCC.
.13 Each piece of magnetic media must have an external label containing the following information:
(a) Transmitter name
(b) Transmitter Control Code (TCC)
(c) Tax year
(d) The words "Extension of Time"
(e) Record count
Form 5064 or transmitter generated substitute may be used.
.14 A request for an extension of time to file is not automatically granted. Approval or denial is dependent on information provided on the Form 8809.
.15 If the first request for an extension of time to file was submitted magnetically or electronically and additional extension should be submitted. To submit the request, a transmitter must include the following:
(a) A letter requesting a additional 30 day extension.
(b) A copy of the initial extension approval letter received from IRS/MCC.
(c) A new magnetic or electronic file requesting an additional extension of time.
The submission must be received or postmarked before the end of the first extension period.
A second 30 day extension will be approved only in cases of extreme hardship or catastrophic event.
.16 See part A, Sec. 11, for complete information on requesting an extension of time to file information returns. If there are additional question or concerns, contact IRS/MCC.
SECTION 2 MAGNETIC TAPE, TAPE CARTRIDGE, 5 1/4- AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE AND IRP-BBS SPECIFICATIONS
.01 Tape specifications are as follows:
(a) 9 track.
(b) EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) recording mode.
(c) 1600 or 6250 BPI.
(d) Fixed block size of 4000 bytes.
(e) Record length of 200 bytes.
(f) Labeled or unlabeled tapes may be submitted.
.02 Tape cartridge specifications are as follows:
(a) Must be IBM 3480, 3490 or AS400 compatible.
(b) Must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards and have the following characteristics:
(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2 inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4 inches by 5 inches by 1 inch in dimension.
(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2 inch tape.
(3) Cartridges will be 18-track or 36-track parallel. In Box 7 of Form 8809, indicate if the tape cartridge is 18 or 36 track.
(4) Mode will be full function.
(5) The data may be compressed using EDRC (Memorex) or IDRC (IBM) compression.
(6) Either EBCDIC or ASCII.
(c) Fixed block size of 4000 bytes.
(d) Record length of 200 bytes.
(e) Labeled or unlabeled tape cartridges may be submitted.
.03 Diskette specifications are as follows:
(a) 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inches in diameter.
(b) ASCII recording mode only. Additional specifications may be found in Part B, Sec. 3, of this revenue procedure.
(c) Record length of 200 bytes.
(d) Diskettes must be created using the MS/DOS operating system.
(e) Filename of IRSEOT must be used. No other filenames are acceptable. If a file will consist of more than one diskette, the filename IRSEOT will contain a three-digit extension. This extension will indicate the sequence of the diskettes within the file. For example, the first diskette will be named IRSEOT.001, the second diskette will be name IRSEOT.002, etc.
(f) Delimiter character commas (,) must not be used.
(g) Positions 199 and 200 of each record have been reserved for use as carriage return/line feed (cr/lf) characters, if applicable.
.04 IRP-BBS specifications include:
(a) Transmitter must have Transmitter Control Code Number (TCC).
(b) IRP-BBS access phone number is (304) 263-2749.
(c) Communications software settings are:
-- No parity
-- Eight date bits
-- One stop bit
-- Full duplex
(d) Access speeds from 1200 to 28,8800 bps.
(e) Data compression is encouraged. See Part D, IRP-BBS Electronic Filing Specifications, for detailed information on filing with IRS/MCC via IRP/BBS.
SECTION 3. RECORD LAYOUT
.01 Positions 6 through 174 of the following record should contain information about the payer for whom the extension of time to file is being requested. Do not enter transmitter information in these fields. Only one TCC may be present in a file.
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
1-5 Transmitter 5 Required. Enter the five
Control digit Transmitter Control
Code (TCC) Code issued by IRS. Only one TCC
per file is acceptable.
_________________________________________________________________
SECTION 3. RECORD LAYOUT - Continued
________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
6-14 Payer 9 Required. Must be the
TIN valid nine-digit EIN/SSN
(Withholding Agent assigned to the payer. Do not
TIN - Form 1042S) enter blanks, hyphens or alpha
characters. All zeros, ones,
twos, etc. will have the effect
of an incorrect TIN. For foreign
entities that are not required to
have a TIN, this field may be
blank; however, the Foreign
Entity Indicator, position 175,
must be set to "X".
_________________________________________________________________
15-54 Payer 40 Required. Enter the name
Name of the payer whose TIN appears in
positions 6-14. Left justify.
_________________________________________________________________
55-94 Second Payer 40 If additional space is
Name needed, this field may be used to
continue name line information
(e.g., % First National Bank),
otherwise, enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
95-134 Payer 40 Required. Enter payer
Address address. Street address should
include number, street, apartment
or suite number (or P.O. Box if
mail is not delivered to a street
address).
_______________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
135-163 Payer City 29 Required. Enter payer city, town
or post office.
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
164-165 Payer State 2 Required. Enter payer valid U.S.
Postal Service state abbreviation
(refer to Part A, Sec. 18).
_________________________________________________________________
166-174 Payer ZIP 9 Required. Enter payer
Code ZIP code. If using a
five-digit ZIP code, left
justify information and
fill unused positions with
blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
175 Document 1 Required. Enter the
Indicator document you are requesting
an extension of time for using
the following code:
Code Document
1 W-2
2 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,
1099-DIV,1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-
MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-
R, 1099-S, or W-2G
3 5498
4 1042-S
5 REMIC Documents
(1099-INT or 1099-
OID)
Do not enter any other values in
this field. Submit a separate
record for each document. For
example, if you are requesting an
extension for 1099-INT and 5498
for the same payer, submit one
record with a "2" coded in this
field and another record with a
"3" coded in this field.
SECTION 3. RECORD LAYOUT - Continued
_________________________________________________________________
Field
Position Field Title Length Description and Remarks
_________________________________________________________________
175 Document If you are requesting a
Indicator extension for 1099-DIV and
(Cont'd) 1099-MISC for the same payer,
submit one record with "2" coded
in this field.
_________________________________________________________________
176 Foreign Entity 1 Enter character "X" if
Indicator the payer is a foreign entity.
_________________________________________________________________
177-198 Blank 22 Enter blanks.
_________________________________________________________________
199-200 Blank 2 Enter blanks. Diskette filers
may code the ASCII carriage
return/line feed (cr/lf)
characters.
_________________________________________________________________
RECORD LAYOUT
_________________________________________________________
: : : : : : :
: TRANSMITTER : PAYER : PAYER : SECOND : PAYER : PAYER :
: CONTROL : EIN : NAME : PAYER : ADDRESS : CITY :
: CODE : : : NAME : : :
:_____________:_______:_______:_________:_________:_______:
1-5 6-14 15-54 55-94 95-134 135-163
______________________________________________________________
: : : : : :
: PAYER : PAYER : DOCUMENT : FOREIGN ENTITY : BLANK :
: STATE : ZIP : INDICATOR : INDICATOR : :
: : CODE : : : :
:_______:_______:_____________:________________:_______________:
164-165 166-174 175 176 177-198
_____________
: :
: BLANK OR :
: CR/LF :
: :
:_____________:
199-200
This is the end of Publication 1220 for Tax Year 1995.
- Institutional AuthorsInternal Revenue Service
- Cross-Reference
Rev. Proc. 94-43, 1994-27 IRB 5
- Code Sections
- Subject Areas/Tax Topics
- Index Termsfiling, electronic
- Jurisdictions
- LanguageEnglish
- Tax Analysts Electronic Citation95 TNT 125-18